Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

US20220169790A1 - Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids - Google Patents

Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220169790A1
US20220169790A1 US17/372,422 US202117372422A US2022169790A1 US 20220169790 A1 US20220169790 A1 US 20220169790A1 US 202117372422 A US202117372422 A US 202117372422A US 2022169790 A1 US2022169790 A1 US 2022169790A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
formula
compound
och
polymer
μmol
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/372,422
Inventor
Ruben HERRENDORFF
Beat Ernst
Andreas STECK
Hélène PFISTER
Giulio NAVARRA
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Universitaet Basel
Original Assignee
Universitaet Basel
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Universitaet Basel filed Critical Universitaet Basel
Priority to US17/372,422 priority Critical patent/US20220169790A1/en
Publication of US20220169790A1 publication Critical patent/US20220169790A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G69/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G69/48—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H15/00—Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H15/02—Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures
    • C07H15/12—Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures attached to a nitrogen atom of the saccharide radical
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system

Definitions

  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases.
  • Anti-glycolipid antibodies particularly anti-ganglioside antibodies have been detected in a variety of neuropathological conditions, e.g. in multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) autoimmune-mediated neuropathies including chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Guillain-Barre-syndrome (GBS) (with subtypes acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN), acute motor and sensory axonal neuropathy (AMSAN) and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)), Miller Fisher syndrome (MFS) and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN) (K. Kollewe et al., Plos One 2015, 10).
  • CIDP chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy
  • GBS Guillain-Barre-syndrome
  • AMAN subtypes acute motor axonal neuropathy
  • AMSAN acute motor and sensory axonal neuropathy
  • anti-glycan antibodies are involved in immune-mediated attack towards the nervous system.
  • the anti-glycan antibodies target relevant antigens on neuronal or myelin cells and can lead to disruption of nerve fiber function, conduction failure, axonal degeneration and demyelination (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625; K. A. Sheikh and G. Zhang, F1000 Biology Reports, 2010, 2, 21).
  • anti-glycan antibodies There are several mechanism that can explain the pathogenicity of the anti-glycan antibodies, including complement fixation and formation of membrane attack complex, disruption of signaling e.g. through sodium channel blockage (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, loc. cit) or disruption of lipid rafts and interference with signaling pathways therein (A Ueda et al., Mol Cell Neurosci, 2010, 45(4), 355-62).
  • Anti-ganglioside antibodies are also involved in dysfunction of the blood-brain barrier and thus contribute to progression of neurodegenerative diseases (T. Ariga, J Neurosci Res, 2014, 92, 1227-1242).
  • anti-glycan antibodies involved in immune-mediated neuropathy do not recognize single glycans but glycan clusters, particularly glycolipid complexes (pattern-recognition antibodies).
  • pattern-recognition antibodies glycolipid complexes
  • anti-glycolipid antibodies with pattern recognition characteristics have been described recently in immune-mediated neuropathy where previously no antibodies could be identified.
  • Such antibodies have been identified in GBS, e.g. in the GBS subtype AIDP (H. J. Willison and C. S. Goodyear, Cell, 2013, 34, 453-459).
  • anti-glycan antibodies are usually of the IgM, IgG or IgA type.
  • the carbohydrate epitopes relevant to immune-mediated neuropathies are predominantly glycolipids, mostly of the ganglioside type involving GM1 (GM1a), GM1b, GaINAc-GM1b, Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1a, GaINAc-GD1a, GD1b, GT1a, GT1b, GT1aa, GQ1b, GQ1ba, LM1, Hex-LM1, furthermore carbohydrate antigens of the group of non-sialylated glycolipids such as sulfatide or asialo-GM1/asialo-GM2, galactocerebroside, SGPG and SGLPG (HNK-1 epitope) (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625).
  • GM1a GM1
  • GaINAc-GM1b Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD
  • GBS encompasses several disease conditions that often involve autoantibodies against nerve glycoepitopes.
  • the major subgroups among GBS are AMAN, AMSAN and AIDP, with AMAN predominantly affecting motor nerves compared to the other subtypes.
  • GBS is associated with autoantibodies against gangliosides such as GM1, GD and structurally similar GM1b and GaINAc-GD1a, but also against ganglioside complexes, e.g. GM1 and GD1a.
  • the pharyngeal-cervical-brachial (PCB) variant of GBS correlates with autoantibodies against GT1a alone or additionally GQ1b.
  • GBS Another clinically distinct subgroup of GBS is the Miller Fisher syndrome, which is mainly associated with antibodies against the GQ1b and the GT1a epitope.
  • the pathogenic autoantibodies in the group of acute neuropathies are mostly of the IgG isotype (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-112).
  • Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP) is the most common form of chronic demyelinating polyneuropathy. Subtypes of CIDP involve pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-112).
  • the two other major disease groups among the chronic inflammatory neuropathies are the anti-MAG neuropathy and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN).
  • the anti-MAG neuropathy mainly involves autoantibodies against the HNK-1 epitope, present on multiple myelin antigens such as MAG, SGPG, SGLPG, PO and PMP22.
  • MMN patients often show autoantibodies against the ganglioside GM1 (or the complex GM1:GalC).
  • chronic neuropathies encompass the chronic sensory axonal neuropathy with anti-sulfatide antibodies, the chronic motor neuropathy with GD1a or GD1b antibodies, and the CANOMAD (chronic ataxic neuropathy, opthalmoplegia, M-protein, Agglutination, Disialosyl antibodies) with antibodies against disialosyl gangliosides, such as GQ1b and GD1b (E. Nobile-Orazio, Clinical Lymphoma & Myeloma, 2009, 9, 107-109).
  • CANOMAD chronic ataxic neuropathy, opthalmoplegia, M-protein, Agglutination, Disialosyl antibodies
  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases.
  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the (neo)lacto-, the ganglio- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases.
  • the invention relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands and moieties respectively, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ; A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R
  • the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
  • R I1 is Z or
  • R I2 is H, SO 3 H, or
  • R I3 is H or
  • R I4 is H or
  • R I5 and R I6 are independently H or
  • R I7 is H or
  • R II1 is Z or
  • R II2 is Z or
  • linker Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • the invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, diagnostic kits containing these, and to the use of these compounds for the diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), or comprising said inventive.
  • the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of treating a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy, wherein further preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
  • GGS Guillain-Barr syndrome
  • CIDP chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy
  • the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
  • the present invention provides for a diagnostic kit comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer.
  • the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer for the diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
  • the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a neurological disease
  • a neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy
  • said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy
  • said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
  • the present invention provides for a method of treatment of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein said method comprises administering said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal, preferably to a human, requiring such treatment.
  • FIG. 1 Schematic representation of a competitive binding assay
  • FIGS. 2A-2E Binding curves for compounds 6, 26, 34 and 86
  • FIG. 2A The GM1a-ganglioside-coated wells were co-incubated with compound 6 (1 mM highest concentration) and the two patient sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG).
  • Compound 6 is a polylysine polymer (average of 250 repeating lysine units) with a defined percentage of lysine residues coupled to the GM1a glycoepitope (4).
  • the general abbreviation used is as follows: PL(glycoepitope) x with x defining the percentage of glycoepitope loading in %. In this case the polymer is PL(GM1a) 28 . Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2B Co-incubation of GM1a-coated wells with PL(GM1a) 28 polymer 6 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2C Co-incubation of GD1b-coated wells with the PL(GD1b) 20 polymer 26 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P22 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2D Co-incubation of GQ1b-coated wells with the PL(GT1a) 58 polymer 34 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG), P23 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2E Co-incubation of MAG-coated wells (MAG contains up to eight HNK-1 glycoepitopes) and the PL(HNK-1mimetic(58)) 40 polymer 86 (100 ⁇ M highest concentration) together with a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 3 BALB/c wild type mice were immunized against the two glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG, of which both bear the HNK-1 glycoepitope. Immunized mice showed high levels of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies at day 154 after immunization (0 h, pre-treatment). These induced mouse antibodies are a model for human anti-MAG IgM of anti-MAG neuropathy patients.
  • An intravenous administration of the PL(HNK-1mimetic(58)) 40 polymer 86 (10 mg/kg) to immunized BALB/c mice (n 6) led to a significant reduction of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies for up to a week (168 h) after administration.
  • Results are indicated as mean ⁇ 95% CI (above) and mean ⁇ SD (below). Results were analyzed by one-way ANOVA with Dunnett's multiple comparison posttest with a 0.05 confidence level accepted for statistical significance (*p ⁇ 0.05, **p ⁇ 0.01, ***p ⁇ 0.001).
  • the compounds of the present invention recognize anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system, in particular glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids such as the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, and the ganglio-types.
  • glycosphingolipids such as the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, and the ganglio-types.
  • the carbohydrate ligands contain linkers that allow coupling to a polymer backbone for multivalent presentation.
  • the glycopolymers resulting from the coupling are superior in the sequestration of anti-carbohydrate antibodies compared to the respective glycan-monomers.
  • the glycopolymers are suitable diagnostic or therapeutic agents to detect and to bind anti-glycan antibodies in particular associated with neurological diseases.
  • the present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ; A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R
  • said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type.
  • said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a ganglioside, wherein preferably said ganglioside is selected from GM1 (GM1a), GM1b, GaINAc-GM1b, Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1a, GaINAc-GD1a, GD1b, GT1a, GT1b, GT1aa, GQ1b, GQ1ba, LM1 or Hex-LM1.
  • the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
  • R I1 is Z or
  • R I2 is H, SO 3 H, or
  • R I3 is H or
  • R I4 is H or
  • R I5 and R I6 are independently H or
  • R I7 is H or
  • R II1 is Z or
  • R II2 is Z or
  • linker Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • said compound is a compound of formula (I).
  • the scope of the present invention comprises carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system.
  • Preferred compounds mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system in accordance with the present invention are compounds of the formula (I) as defined herein, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • R I8 is H, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroaryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalky
  • said compound is a compound of formula (II).
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60* as depicted below.
  • linker Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60*, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • R I8 is H, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said
  • R a is H, CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , OCH 3 , OCH 2 CH 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 .
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O).
  • R a is CH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ;
  • B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3, preferably 2.
  • said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 1 or 2.
  • p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • p and q are not both 2.
  • linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2
  • p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • p and q are not both 2.
  • said linker Z is —N(CH 3 )—O(CH 2 ) 2 —NHC(O)—(CH 2 ) 3 —SH.
  • said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type, further preferably of a ganglioside.
  • said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of a sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside and hereby in particular a glycoepitope such as the antigenic HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope.
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 41, 44, 56, 58 or 77.
  • the formula are shown in the examples.
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21, 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44.
  • the formula are shown in the examples.
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 41, 44, 56, 58 or 77, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • R I8 is H, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21, 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • R I8 is H, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said
  • the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z.
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone.
  • spacer moieties are known to the skilled person in the art and preferred examples are described herein.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • said polymer comprises (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z, and wherein said linker Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H,
  • A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(R
  • said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • R a is H, CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , OCH 3 , OCH 2 CH 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 .
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O).
  • R a is CH 3
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is O(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) p CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or O(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ;
  • B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, preferably 2 or 4, further preferably 2.
  • said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2
  • p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • p and q are not both 2.
  • said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2
  • p and q are independently 2 to 6, preferably 2, 3 or 4; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • p and q are not both 2.
  • said linker Z is —N(CH 3 )—O(CH 2 ) 2 NHC(O)(CH 2 ) 3 SH.
  • the invention further particularly relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of a multitude of one identical compound of formula (I) or (II) or a multitude being a combination of several different compounds of formula (I) or (II).
  • Preferred polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are preferably selected from 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29* or 33*, and 46*-60*.
  • the inventive polymer comprising the multitude of identical or different compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) wherein the SH-group of said linker Z connects said compounds to the polymer backbone, is preferably an ⁇ -amino acid polymer, and hereby typically and preferably a homomeric or heteromeric ⁇ -amino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, or a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinylalcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
  • the polymer backbone is an ⁇ -amino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
  • the polymer backbone is an ⁇ -amino acid polymer.
  • the polymer backbone is an ⁇ -amino acid polymer and said ⁇ -amino acid of said ⁇ -amino acid polymer is lysine, ornithine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid or serine.
  • the polymer backbone is poly-lysine, and wherein preferably the molecular weight of said poly-lysine is 1′000 Da to 300′000 Da.
  • the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is between 10 and 90%, preferably between 20 and 70%, and in particular between 30 and 60%.
  • the latter means that 30 to 60% of the reactive polymer side chains and, if applicable the spacer moiety, are reacted with the SH group of said linker Z.
  • the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is typically and preferably determined by NMR spectroscopy and refers to % mole/mole.
  • A a poly- ⁇ -amino acid, wherein the amino acid carries a side chain aminoalkyl function, such as in poly-lysine, in particular poly-L-lysine or poly-D-lysine, and the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • (G) a copolymer of N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and vinyl alcohol, wherein the hydroxy group of the vinyl alcohol part of the copolymer is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • (H) chitosan wherein the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z;
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • a polymer (A) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the terminal amino group of R 1 via a spacer moiety, wherein typically and preferably said spacer moiety is an acetyl group,
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-aminoalkyl, which is a capped amino function having a solubilizing substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
  • R 1 is of formula (IIIa)
  • R 2 is of formula (IIIb)
  • o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-ornithine
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-lysine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II),
  • the poly-amino acid can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic, as described by Z. Kadlecova et al., Biomacromolecules 2012, 13:3127-3137, for poly-lysine as follows:
  • the poly-lysine used to prepare polymer (A) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of the linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylylaminoalkyl residue are preferred.
  • the polylysine polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • a polymer (B) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • R 1 is a carbonylalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 ,
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl
  • R 1 is of formula (IIIc)
  • R 2 is of formula (IIId)
  • X is either oxygen or nitrogen
  • o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2
  • m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-aspartic acid, and when o is 2 and X is O, substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamic acid, when o is 1 and X is N, substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-asparagine, and when o is 2 and X is N, substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II),
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl, i.e. a capped carboxy or amide function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • the poly-aspartic acid used to prepare polymer (B) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl residue are preferred.
  • polyaspartic acid is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • poly-aspartic acid or poly-glutamic acid the polymer can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic.
  • a polymer (C) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • R 1 is a hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 , R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-hydroxyalkyl (or -hydroxyaryl), and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (IIIe)
  • R 2 is of formula (IIIf)
  • o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in particular 1, m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-serine, connected to said SH group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxy-propylthio-hydroxyalkyl, i.e. a capped hydroxy function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • polyserine (and other hydroxy-functionalized ⁇ -amino acid side-chains) used to prepare polymer (C) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-hydroxyalkyl residue are preferred.
  • polyserine is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • a polymer (D) comprises the partial formula (IV)
  • R 1 is a thioalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 , R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioalkyl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped thiol function.
  • R 1 is of formula (IIIg)
  • R 2 is of formula (IIIh)
  • o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in particular 1.
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-cysteine, connected to said SH group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and hereby connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 , and R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-alkyl, i.e. a capped thiol function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • the poly-cysteine used to prepare polymer (D) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-thioalkyl residue are preferred.
  • the polycysteine polymer is reacted with a compound containing a terminal alkene group via a radical reaction.
  • a polymer (F) comprises the partial formula (IV)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 (IVa).
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino or a related amino substituent, and R 3 is hydrogen or methyl; and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amide function.
  • R 1 is of formula (IVa)
  • R 2 is of formula (IVb)
  • R 3 is of formula (IVc)
  • R 1 is of formula (IVd)
  • R 2 is of formula (lye)
  • m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4.
  • R 1 is of formula (IVf)
  • r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2, and R 2 is of formula (IVc) (above).
  • the poly-acrylic acid used to prepare polymer (F) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 400′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 160′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino residue are preferred.
  • a polymer (G) comprises the partial formula (V)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 (Va).
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl or a related aminocarbonyl substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Va)
  • R 2 is of formula (Vb)
  • R 1 is of formula (Vc)
  • R 2 is of formula (Vd)
  • m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4.
  • R 1 is of formula (Ve)
  • R 2 is of formula (Vf)
  • r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2.
  • the copolymer used to prepare polymer (G) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 400′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 160′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl residue are preferred.
  • a polymer (H) comprises the partial formula (VI)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 .
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
  • R 1 is of formula (VIa)
  • R 2 is of formula (VIb)
  • o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • the chitosan used to prepare polymer (H) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and connected to a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine residue are preferred.
  • the chitosan polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation of the amino groups. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • a polymer (I) comprises the partial formula (VII)
  • R 1 is a carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH 2 -group of R 1 , R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carboxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Vila)
  • R 2 is of formula (VIIb)
  • m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • the polyphosphazen used to prepare polymer (I) of formula (VII) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl residue are preferred.
  • the polyphosphazene is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • preferred polymers are ⁇ -amino acid polymers (D- and L-form) or combinations (co-polymers) of different ⁇ -amino acids (A)-(D). More preferred are ⁇ -amino acid polymers consisting of poly-lysine, poly-ornithine, poly-aspartic acid, poly-glutamic acid. Particularly preferred among these ⁇ -amino acid polymers is poly-L-lysine.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20-1200, preferably 100-1100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100-1100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20-1200, preferably 100-1100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100-1100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • glycoepitope refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin-like glycan-binding protein.
  • glycoepitope refers to a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a glycosphingolipid expressed in the nervous system.
  • Glycosphingolipids are known to the skilled person in the art and are a subset of glycolipids defined by their content of sphingosine and are particularly relevant to the nervous system.
  • Subtypes of glycosphingolipids are cerebrosides (single carbohydrate attached to the lipid part), (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type (sialylated or non-sialylated oligosaccharide attached to the lipid part).
  • glycoepitope refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin-like glycan-binding protein, wherein said glycoepitope is comprised by a glycosphingolipid that is expressed in the nervous system and wherein said a glycosphingolipid is selected from cerebrosides, (neo)lactosides, gangliosides, sulfoglucuronyl paraglobosides or carbohydrate moieties comprised by compounds of formula I or formula II.
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type or a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I) or formula (II).
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type.
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I).
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II).
  • reducing end refers to the terminal monosaccharide of the glycoepitope with a free anomeric carbon that is not involved in a glycosidic bond, wherein said free anomeric carbon bears a hemiacetal group.
  • C 1 -C 4 -alkyl refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes butyl, such as n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, propyl, such as n-propyl or iso-propyl, ethyl or methyl.
  • C 1 -C 4 -alkyl refers to methyl.
  • C 1 -C 8 -alkyl refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • C 1 -C 7 -alkylene refers to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain, preferably to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, or —CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—.
  • C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy and tert-butoxy.
  • C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy refers to methoxy.
  • C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy refers to a bivalent C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy group including groups such as —(CH 2 ) n O— or —O(CH 2 ) n — with n equal 1 to 7, typically and very preferably to groups such as —O(CH 2 ) n — forming with the N(R a ) of the linker Z a preferred bonding N(R a )—O(CH 2 ) n —.
  • C 1 -C 8 -alkenyl refers to is a straight or branched chain containing one or more, e.g. two or three, double bonds, and is preferably C 1 -C 4 -alkenyl, such as 1- or 2-butenyl, 1-propenyl, allyl or vinyl.
  • Double bonds in principle can have E- or Z-configuration.
  • the compounds of this invention may therefore exist as isomeric mixtures or single isomers. If not specified both isomeric forms are intended.
  • C 1 -C 8 -alkynyl refers to is a straight or branched chain comprising one or more, preferably one triple bond. Preferred are C 1 -C 4 -alkynyl, such as propargyl or acetylenyl.
  • Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)-configuration.
  • the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
  • aryl refers to a mono- or bicyclic fused ring aromatic group with 5 to 10 carbon atoms optionally carrying substituents, such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl, or also a partially saturated bicyclic fused ring comprising a phenyl group, such as indanyl, indolinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydronaphthyl, all optionally substituted.
  • substituents such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl, or also a partially saturated bicyclic fused ring comprising a phenyl group, such as indanyl, indolinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydronaphthyl, all optionally substituted.
  • aryl is phenyl, indanyl, indolinyl or tetrahydronaphthyl, in particular phenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members. Heteroaryl rings do not contain adjacent oxygen atoms, adjacent sulfur atoms, or adjacent oxygen and sulfur atoms within the ring.
  • Monocyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl groups and bicyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 9 or 10 membered fused-ring heteroaryl groups.
  • heteroaryl examples include pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and benzo or pyridazo fused derivatives of such monocyclic heteroaryl groups, such as indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolopyridine, imidazopyridine, or purinyl, all optionally substituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members.
  • heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimdinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridine or imidazopyridine; in particular pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyr
  • optionally substituted aryl refers to aryl substituted by up to four substituents, preferably up to two substituents.
  • substituents are preferably and independently selected from C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, amino-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, acylamino-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, aryl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl hydroxy, carboxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, hydroxysulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, or nitro, in particular C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, amino-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, acylamin
  • optionally substituted heteroaryl refers to heteroaryl substituted by up to three substituents, preferably up to two substituents.
  • substituents are preferably and independently selected from C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, halo-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, aryl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or nitro.
  • Cycloalkyl has preferably 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms, and may be unsubstituted or substituted, e.g. by C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy. Cycloalkyl is, for example and preferably, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, methylcyclopentyl, or cyclopropyl, in particular cyclopropyl.
  • Acyl designates, for example, alkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryl-C 1 -C 4 -alkylcarbonyl, or heteroarylcarbonyl.
  • C 1 -C 4 -acyl is preferably lower alkylcarbonyl, in particular propionyl or acetyl.
  • Ac stands for acetyl.
  • Hydroxyalkyl is especially hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, preferably hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-hydroxy-2-propyl.
  • Haloalkyl is preferably fluoroalkyl, especially trifluoromethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl.
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • Arylalkyl includes aryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. benzyl, 1-phenethyl or 2-phenethyl.
  • Heteroarylalkyl includes heteroaryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl, 1- or 2-pyrrolylmethyl, 1-pyrazolylmethyl, 1-imidazolylmethyl, 2-(1-imidazolyl)ethyl or 3-(1-imidazolyl)propyl.
  • substituted amino the substituents are preferably those mentioned as substituents hereinbefore.
  • substituted amino is alkylamino, dialkylamino, optionally substituted arylamino, optionally substituted arylalkylamino, lower alkylcarbonylamino, benzoylamino, pyridylcarbonylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino or optionally substituted aminocarbonylamino.
  • Particular salts considered are those replacing the hydrogen atoms of the sulfate group and the carboxylic acid function.
  • Suitable cations are, e.g., sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or ammonium cations, or also cations derived by protonation from primary, secondary or tertiary amines containing, for example, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or hydroxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl groups, e.g., 2-hydroxyethylammonium, 2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)ethyldimethylammonium, diethylammonium, di(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, trimethylammonium, triethylammonium, 2-hydroxyethyldimethylammonium, or di(2-hydroxyethyl)methylammonium, also from correspondingly substituted cyclic secondary
  • any reference to the free compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding salts, and vice versa, as appropriate and expedient
  • a preferred polymer backbone in the inventive polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I) or formula (II) is polylysine, in particular poly-L-lysine.
  • the molecular weight of the polylysine is 1′000 to 300′000 kD, preferably 10′000 to 200′000 kD. Particularly preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50′000 kD, 85′000 kD, 125′000 kD or 200′000 kD. Most preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50′000 kD.
  • the invention relates to such polymers wherein the relative loading of polymer backbone with the carbohydrate moiety of said compound of formula (I) and/or (II) is 10-90%, meaning that 10-90% of all lysine side chains in the polymer are connected to said SH-group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), the remaining amino functions being capped.
  • the loading of the polymer is 20-70%, more preferably 30-60%.
  • polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are selected from 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29* or 33*, and 46*-60*.
  • the polymers of the present invention which comprises the inventive compounds comprising a carbohydrate moieties and linkers Z, wherein said carbohydrate moieties mimic glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system allow straightforward coupling of said carbohydrate moieties such as ganglioside glycoepitopes to biodegradable poly-L-lysine and other functionalized biodegradable polymers without loosing the integrity of the carbohydrate moieties at their reducing end.
  • This is in particular important since the monosaccharide with the reducing end comprised the carbohydrate moieties can also contribute to binding affinity to antibodies or other targets, and thus chemical linkage methods that leave this carbohydrate ring intact are preferable.
  • the resulting inventive chemically defined glycoconjugates/glycopolymers based on biodegradable polymer backbones can be used in a clinical context, either therapeutic and diagnostic, to detect or neutralize pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the multivalent presentation of the carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, on, preferably, poly-L-lysine, can substantially increase their binding affinity towards binding partners.
  • the invention relates to polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) wherein the polymer is poly-L-lysine and wherein said polymer further comprises said linker Z connecting said compounds to the polymer backbone.
  • Poly-L-lysine is biodegradable and therefore in particular suitable for therapeutical application.
  • the compounds of the invention have valuable pharmacological properties.
  • the invention also relates to compounds as defined hereinbefore for use as medicaments.
  • a compound according to the invention shows prophylactic and therapeutic efficacy especially against neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • One or multiple compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or polymers comprising these can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations, or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • Therapeutic agents for possible combination are especially immunosuppressive agents/therapies.
  • immunosuppressive agents/therapies are purine analogues such as fludarabine and/or cladribine, plasmapheresis, intravenous immunoglobulins, furthermore the chimeric monoclonal antibody rituximab (M. C. Dalakas, Curr Treat Opinions Neurol, 2010, 12, 71-83).
  • the invention relates to the use of the compounds of the invention in a diagnostic assay for neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • the invention relates to kits comprising the compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) as defined above, and also polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • the present invention relates to a method of diagnosis of neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies, wherein the level of antibodies (e.g. IgM/IgG) against glycans of the nervous system, particularly glycolipids, is determined in a body fluid sample, e.g. serum, and a high level is indicative of the development and the severity of a particular neurological condition.
  • a body fluid sample e.g. serum
  • body fluids than serum are useful for determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes and are, e.g., whole blood, cerebrospinal fluid or extracts from solid tissue.
  • Any known method may be used for the determination of the level of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in body fluids. Methods considered are, e.g., ELISA, RIA, EIA, or microarray analysis.
  • a preferred method for the determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in human body fluids, e.g. in serum, is an ELISA.
  • microtiter plates are coated with compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or preferably polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • the plates are then blocked and the sample or a standard solution is loaded.
  • an anti-IgM/IgG antibody is applied, e.g. an anti-IgM or anti-IgG antibody directly conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. with an enzyme for chromogenic detection.
  • a polyclonal rabbit (or mouse) anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibody is added.
  • a second antibody detecting the particular type of the anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibody e.g. an anti-rabbit (or anti-mouse) antibody, conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. the enzyme for chromogenic detection as above, is then added.
  • a suitable label e.g. the enzyme for chromogenic detection as above.
  • the plate is developed with a substrate for the label in order to detect and quantify the label, being a measure for the presence and amount of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system.
  • the label is an enzyme for chromogenic detection
  • the substrate is a colour-generating substrate of the conjugated enzyme. The colour reaction is then detected in a microplate reader and compared to standards.
  • Suitable labels are chromogenic labels, i.e. enzymes which can be used to convert a substrate to a detectable colored or fluorescent compound, spectroscopic labels, e.g. fluorescent labels or labels presenting a visible color, affinity labels which may be developed by a further compound specific for the label and allowing easy detection and quantification, or any other label used in standard ELISA.
  • chromogenic labels i.e. enzymes which can be used to convert a substrate to a detectable colored or fluorescent compound
  • spectroscopic labels e.g. fluorescent labels or labels presenting a visible color
  • affinity labels which may be developed by a further compound specific for the label and allowing easy detection and quantification, or any other label used in standard ELISA.
  • Detection devices are useful components as readout systems for antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes.
  • kits further contain anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibodies (or anti-IgM/IgG antibody fragments) carrying a suitable label, or anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibodies and second antibodies carrying such a suitable label, and reagents or equipment to detect the label, e.g. reagents reacting with enzymes used as labels and indicating the presence of such a label by a colour formation or fluorescence, standard equipment, such as microtiter plates, pipettes and the like, standard solutions and wash solutions.
  • the ELISA can be also designed in a way that patient blood or serum samples are used for the coating of microtiter plates with the subsequent detection of anti-glycan antibodies with labelled compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or labelled polymers comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • the label is either directly detectable or indirectly detectable via an antibody.
  • the polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention binds to the pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies and potentially downregulates the anti-glycan IgM or IgG antibody production. It allows an antigen-specific treatment for neurological diseases involving anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes.
  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and/or (II) or a polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention.
  • compositions for parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, intravenous, intrahepatic or intramuscular administration, to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, are considered.
  • the compositions comprise the active ingredient(s) alone or, preferably, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the dosage of the active ingredient(s) depends upon the age, weight, and individual condition of the patient, the individual pharmacokinetic data, and the mode of administration.
  • suspensions or dispersions of the carbohydrate polymer of the invention especially isotonic aqueous dispersions or suspensions which, for example, can be made up shortly before use.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be sterilized and/or may comprise excipients, for example preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents and/or emulsifiers, solubilizers, viscosity-increasing agents, salts for regulating osmotic pressure and/or buffers and are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving and lyophilizing processes.
  • Suitable carriers for enteral administration are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, and also binders, such as starches, for example corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or, if desired, disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Additional excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol, or
  • Tablet cores can be provided with suitable, optionally enteric, coatings through the use of, inter alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may comprise gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures, or, for the preparation of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropyl-methylcellulose phthalate. Dyes or pigments may be added to the tablets or tablet coatings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient(s).
  • compositions for oral administration also include hard capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the hard capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example in admixture with fillers, such as corn starch, binders, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally stabilizers.
  • the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquid excipients, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols or fatty acid esters of ethylene or propylene glycol, to which stabilizers and detergents, for example of the polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester type, may also be added.
  • suitable liquid excipients such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols or fatty acid esters of ethylene or propylene glycol, to which stabilizers and detergents, for example of the polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester type, may also be added.
  • compositions suitable for rectal administration are, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a suppository base.
  • Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols.
  • compositions according to the invention may contain separate tablets, granules or other forms of orally acceptable formulation of the active ingredients, or may contain a mixture of active ingredients in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form, as described above.
  • the separate orally acceptable formulations or the mixture in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form may be slow release and controlled release pharmaceutical compositions.
  • compositions comprise from approximately 1% to approximately 95% active ingredient or mixture of active ingredients, single-dose administration forms comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 20% to approximately 90% active ingredient(s) and forms that are not of single-dose type comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 5% to approximately 20% active ingredient(s).
  • the invention also relates to the mentioned pharmaceutical compositions as medicaments in the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • the present invention relates furthermore to a method of treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies, which comprises administering a composition according to the invention in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal requiring such treatment.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered prophylactically or therapeutically, preferably in an amount effective against the said diseases, to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, requiring such treatment.
  • the daily, weekly or monthly dose administered is from approximately 0.01 g to approximately 5 g, preferably from approximately 0.1 g to approximately 1.5 g, of the active ingredients in a composition of the present invention.
  • NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance DMX-500 (500 MHz) spectrometer. Assignment of 1 H and 13 C NMR spectra was achieved using 2D methods (COSY, HSQC and HMBC). Chemical shifts are expressed in ppm using residual CHCl 3 , CHD 2 OD, DMSO-d 6 or HDO as references. IR spectra were recorded using a Perkin-Elmer Spectrum One FT-IR spectrometer. Electron spray ionization mass spectra (ESI-MS) were obtained on a Waters micromass ZQ.
  • ESI-MS Electron spray ionization mass spectra
  • HRMS analysis was carried using an Agilent 1100LC equipped with a photodiode array detector and a micromass QTOF I equipped with a 4 GHz digital-time converter. Reactions were monitored by ESI-MS and TLC using glass plates coated with silica gel 60 F 254 (Merck) and visualized by using UV light and/or by charring with mostain (a 0.02 M solution of ammonium cerium sulfate dihydrate and ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate in 10% aq H 2 SO 4 ). Column chromatography was performed on silica gel (Redisep normal phase silica gel column 35/70) or RP-18 (Merck LiChroprep® RP-18 40/63).
  • Polylysine glycoconjugates 6, 38, 42 and 45 bear the same carbohydrate (GM1a) but differ by their linker moiety.
  • Polylysine glycoconjugate 78 bears a GM4 mimetic.
  • Polylysine glycoconjugate 86 bears the HO 3 S- ⁇ -D-GlcpA-(1 ⁇ 3)- ⁇ -D-Galp (HNK-1) disaccharide.
  • the above-mentioned glycoconjugates (6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 45, 78, 86) are all poly- L -lysine conjugates.
  • Conjugates 89 and 93 bear the same HNK-1 disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (poly- L -lysine dendrimer and poly- L -ornithine respectively).
  • Conjugates 100 and 102 bear the same lactose disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (chitosan and poly- L -glutamic acid respectively).
  • the synthesis of the HNK-1 disaccharide 58 functionalized by linker5 72 is described in Scheme 17.
  • the synthesis of the lactose disaccharide 56 functionalized by linker5 72 is described in Scheme 121.
  • the synthesis of linkers 35, 39, 43 and 72 is described in Scheme 12, 13, 14 and 15 respectively.
  • Linker 2 and compound 66 were synthesized according to a published procedure (O. Bohorov, et al. Glycobiology, 2006, 16, 21C-27C). Chloroacetylated poly- L -lysine 5 (250 lysine repeating units) was synthesized from commercial poly- L -lysine polymer according to a published procedure (G. Thoma et al., J Am Chem Soc 1999, 121, 5919-5929). Derivatives 68, 73, 74, 80, 87 and 98 were synthesized according to published procedures (respectively I.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a polymer 6 (2.88 mg, 84%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 28% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 4.
  • the GM1a epitope 4 carrying the linker Z with the terminal sulfhydryl function was synthesized and reacted in a substochiometric amount with the activated (chloroacetylated) lysine polymer 5.
  • the carbohydrate loading (28%) of the obtained glycopolymer 6 was determined by 1 H NMR.
  • the starting polylysine hydrobromide had an average molecular weight (MW) of 52 kDa (250 repeating lysine units), whereas the final polymer 6 with 28% GM1a epitope loading had a calculated average MW of 145 kDa.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1b polymer 10 (4.2 mg, 61%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 45% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 9.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the asialo GM1 polymer 14 (4.6 mg, 71%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 44% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 13.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM2 polymer 18 (4.5 mg, 56%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 49% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 17.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1a polymer 22 (3.6 mg, 59%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 46% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 21.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1b polymer 26 (0.68 mg, 40%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 20% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 25.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD3 polymer 30 (0.3 mg, 18%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 17% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 29.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GT1a polymer 34 (0.28 mg, 25%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 57% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 33.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a-linker2 polymer 38 (2.5 mg, 41%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 41% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 37.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a-linker3-polymer 42 (2.64 mg, 32%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 61% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 41.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a-linker4-polymer 45 (3.08 mg, 90%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 30% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 44.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O and extracted with DCM (3 ⁇ ). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na 2 SO 4 . The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 62 (158 mg, 0.832 mmol, 39%) as a colourless oil.
  • Alcohol 64 (1.25 g, 6.09 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (34 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and methanesulfonyl chloride (MsCl, 0.80 mL, 10.3 mmol, 1.7 equiv) was added to the solution followed by Et 3 N (1.9 mL, 13.4 mmol, 2.2 equiv). After stirring for 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with acetone (33 mL) and LiBr (8.9 g, 103 mmol, 17 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • MsCl methanesulfonyl chloride
  • Aminoalcohol 67 (421 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.6 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and TFA (480 ⁇ L, 6.29 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0° C. followed by 5 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (95:5 ⁇ 7:3) gave amine 39 (162 mg, 1.21 mmol, 96%) as a colourless oil.
  • Ester 68 (100 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd DCM (1.2 mL). The solution was cooled to ⁇ 78° C. and DIBAL-H (1 M in Toluene, 0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol, 1 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h at ⁇ 78° C., DIBAL-H (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol, 0.5 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for another 30 min at ⁇ 78° C., potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate (1.7 g) and H 2 O (2.0 mL) were added to the reaction mixture.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O and extracted with DCM (3 ⁇ ). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na 2 SO 4 . The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with Tol/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 43 (49 mg, 0.29 mmol, 17%) as a colourless oil.
  • Acrolein 70 (0.20 mL, 3.0 mmol) was added dropwise to 1,2-ethanedithiol 71 (1.3 mL, 15.0 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt. After that time, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOH (5.0 mL) and methoxyamine hydrochloride (300 mg, 3.6 mmol) and NaOAc (492 mg, 6.0 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
  • the ⁇ -anomer had: 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, D 2 O) ⁇ 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.20 (dd, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, 1H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.19-1.07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
  • the ⁇ -anomer had: 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, D 2 O) ⁇ 4.50 (d, 1H), 4.18 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (d, 1H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 1H), 3.40 (dd, 1H), 1.74-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.19-1.07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the GM4 mimetic polymer 78 (3.84 mg, 67%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 56% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 77.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at ⁇ 20° C.
  • the reaction mixture was neutralized with Et 3 N, diluted with DCM, washed with 10% aq Na 2 S 2 O 3 and brine and dried over anhyd Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with toluene/EtOAc (85:15 ⁇ 8:2) yielded the disaccharide 81 (82 mg, 0.103 mmol, 57%) as a white foam.
  • Lactone 81 (109 mg, 138 ⁇ mol) was dissolved at 0° C. in anhyd DCM/MeOH (1:4, 2.5 mL). Anhyd NaOAc (10 mg, 124 ⁇ mol, 0.9 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4° C. After that time, the mixture was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H + resin. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography using PE/Acet (75:25 ⁇ 7:3) gave the desired alcohol 82 (73 g, 88.2 ⁇ mol, 64%) as a white foam.
  • Acetate 83 (70 mg, 75 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in a solution of THF/H 2 O (10:1, 1.8 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and a 2.0 M aq LiOH solution (0.4 mL, 115 mmol, 9.5 equiv) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and allowed to slowly reach rt. The next morning, the reaction was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H + resin. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in H 2 O (0% ⁇ 50%) gave the corresponding uronate 84 (47 mg, 62 ⁇ mol, 83%) as a white foam.
  • the ⁇ -anomer had: 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, D 2 O) ⁇ 5.30 (d, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.35 (t, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H), 4.12 (ddd, 1H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.62 (dd, 1H).
  • the ⁇ -anomer had: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, D 2 O) ⁇ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.65 (d, 1H), 4.35 (t, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.82 (dd, 1H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.66 (dd, 1H), 3.62 (dd, 1H).
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1 polymer 86 (7.4 mg, 87%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 40% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Poly- L -lysine dendrimer (generation 6, 64 outer amine groups, TFA salt, 10 mg, 41.8 ⁇ mol) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1, 130 ⁇ L) The solution was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of (ClAc) 2 O (7.0 mg, 52 ⁇ mol, 1.25 equiv) in anhyd DMF (17 ⁇ L) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4° C. After that time, the dendrimer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et 2 O/EtOH (1:1, 2 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et 2 O/EtOH (1:1) and dried to obtain chloroacetylated dendrimer 88 (7.2 mg, 89%) as an off-white solid.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 2 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/dentrimeric polylysine conjugate 89 (3.54 mg, 58%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 48% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Poly- L -ornithine hydrobromide 25 mg dissolved in 0.25 ml water was passed through an anion exchange column, (Ambersep 900 hydroxide form, 5 ⁇ 0.5 cm). The effluent solution was neutralized with 10% aq p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA). Lyophilisation gave the tosylate salt of poly- L -ornithine (33.5 mg, 91%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • the tosylate salt of poly- L -ornithine (33 mg, 116 ⁇ mol) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1, 360 ⁇ L) The solution was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of (ClAc) 2 O (25 mg, 145 ⁇ mol, 1.25 equiv) in DMF (48 ⁇ L) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4° C. After that time, the polymer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et 2 O/EtOH (1:1, 4 mL).
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 O (1:1, 2 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/polyornithine conjugate 93 (4.9 mg, 61%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 60% of the ornithine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Derivative 96 (28 mg, 37 ⁇ mol) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF (1.0 mL). Piperidine (0.2 mL) was added to the solution under Ar. After stirring for 4 h at rt under Ar, the solvents were coevaporated with toluene (3 ⁇ ). Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in 0.1% aq TFA (0% ⁇ 60%) gave the corresponding amine 97 (13 mg, 23.7 ⁇ mol, 64%) as a white foam.
  • Chitosan derivative 99 (16 mg, 8.9 ⁇ mol) was suspended in 0.1 M aq NaOH (0.32 mL). The suspension was stirred at 40° C. for 90 min. The solid was filtered off, washed with H 2 O, EtOH and Et 2 O and dried to obtain lactose-chitosan conjugate 100 (3.7 mg, 59%) as a white solid.
  • the synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1a epitope), 26 (GD1b epitope), and 34 (GT1a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bühlmann Laboratories, Schönenbuch, Switzerland).
  • the 96 well microtiter plates coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina were washed two times with washing buffer (300 ⁇ l/well) before adding the carbohydrate polymers in eight different concentrations, 25 ⁇ l/well.
  • the patient sera containing anti-ganglioside IgG or IgM antibodies were added in the appropriate dilutions, 25 ⁇ l/well (2 ⁇ concentrated), to obtain a total of 50 ⁇ l volume per well.
  • the plate was covered with a plate sealer and incubated for 2 h at 4-8° C.
  • the wells were washed three times with wash buffer (300 ⁇ l/well) before either the anti-human IgM antibody-horseradish peroxidase conjugate or the anti-human IgG antibody-horseradish peroxidase conjugate was added (100 ⁇ l/well).
  • the plate was incubated for 2 h at 4-8° C.
  • TMB tetramethylbenzidin
  • a stop solution (0.25 M sulfuric acid) was added (100 ⁇ l/well) and the degree of colorimetric reaction was determined by absorption measurement at 450 nm with a microplate reader (Spectramax 190, Molecular Devices, California, USA).
  • the synthesized carbohydrate polymer 86 (HNK-1 epitope mimetic 58) was tested in the anti-MAG ELISA (kit from Bühlmann Laboratories, Schönenbuch, Switzerland).
  • the assay protocol was performed according to the one described above for the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA.
  • To determine the in vitro IC 50 of polymer 86 the assay was performed with co-incubation of polymer (25 ⁇ l/well) and a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibody (25 ⁇ l/well) at a final dilution of 1:1000.
  • the assay was performed by incubation of mouse plasma diluted 1:100 (50 ⁇ l/well). Both, the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM and anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM in plasma of immunized BALB/c mice (pre- and post-treatment) were detected with goat anti-mouse IgM HRP conjugate (Sigma Aldrich, A8786) diluted 1:10′000.
  • glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG purified from bovine cauda equina both glycolipids contain the HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope.
  • the isolation of glycolipids was performed according to a protocol described by Burger et al. ( Journal of Immunological Methods 1991, 140, 31-36). These glycosphingolipids were taken up in PBS, mixed with KLH (1.4 mg/ml final concentration) and emulsified with an equal volume of TiterMax® Gold.
  • Two booster injections were performed after 2 and 4 weeks with 20 ⁇ g of purified SGPG/SGLPG mixed with KLH and TiterMax® Gold.
  • Blood samples were taken by puncture of the tail vein and transferred to tubes containing 1 ⁇ l of 0.5 M EDTA and centrifuged 15 min at 1′800 rpm. The supernatant (plasma) was transferred to new tubes and stored at ⁇ 55° C.
  • Mouse plasma samples were analyzed by the above described anti-MAG ELISA.
  • the synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1a epitope), 26 (GD1b epitope), and 34 (GT1a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bühlmann Laboratories, Schönenbuch, Switzerland). These ELISAs are used to support the clinical diagnosis of immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • the assays allow the determination of the anti-ganglioside IgM/IgG antibodies titer (e.g. gangliosides GM1, GD1a, and GQ1b) in serum samples from patients. We used these ELISAs as competitive binding assays.
  • the synthesized compounds and patient serum samples were given into 96 well plates, coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina. Immobilized gangliosides and the synthesized compounds competed for binding to the anti-ganglioside antibodies. After a washing step ganglioside-bound antibodies (IgM/IgG) were detected with horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-human IgM or anti-human IgG antibodies, followed by a colorimetric reaction.
  • IgM/IgG horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-human IgM or anti-human IgG antibodies
  • Serum dilutions with measured OD 450 nm values around 1.0 (0.7-1.3) were chosen for the assay, to be able to compare the measured IC 50 values (half maximal inhibitory concentration) which are antibody concentration dependent.
  • the sera that served as negative controls (dilution 1:50) showed no antibody binding to gangliosides.
  • IC 50 values of compound 6 were determined for sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG), P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Compound 26 were evaluated with serum P22 (IgG). The IC 50 values of compound 34 were determined for sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG) and P23 (IgG). The results are shown in the Table below. The inhibition curves are shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the inventive polymers 6, 26, 34 are glycopolymers that imitate the natural glycoepitopes of the GM1a-, GD1b-, and the GT1a-gangliosides. These and other glycoepitopes are involved in autoimmune neurological diseases; they are targets for antibodies that trigger demyelination and neurodegeneration (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625).
  • the prepared glycopolymers are based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone and are designed for a therapeutic application in patients, where pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by these polymers.
  • glycopolymers mimicking a specific glycoepitope can neutralize antibodies of different isotypes, e.g. antibodies of the IgG and/or the IgM type. It is also interesting to note, that partial glycoepitope structures can be sufficient to retain affinity to anti-ganglioside antibodies.
  • the IC 50 value of compound 86 was determined for the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. This antibody shows comparable reactivity with the HNK-1 glycoepitope as monoclonal anti-MAG IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. The results are shown in the Table 2 below. The inhibition curve is shown in FIG. 2E .
  • the inventive polymer 86 is a glycopolymer that imitates the natural trisaccharide glycoepitope HNK-1 which is present in the peripheral nervous system as part of the glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG but also the glycoprotein MAG.
  • This HNK-1 glycoepitope is the target of an autoimmune attack in the neurological disorder anti-MAG neuropathy.
  • the prepared glycopolymer is based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone of an average of 400 lysines, wherein 40% of the lysine side chains are loaded with the HNK-1 mimetic 58. The remaining 60% of side chains are caped with thioglycerole to improve the water solubility of the polymer.
  • the polymer is designed for a therapeutic application in anti-MAG neuropathy patients (or patients with other neurological diseases with the same or similar antibodies), where pathogenic anti-HNK-1 (MAG/SGPG/SGLPG) antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by this polymer.
  • Polymer 86 inhibits the binding of the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM to the HNK-1 epitope on MAG at nanomolar concentrations (Table 2).
  • the therapeutic utility of polymer 86 is further supported by in vivo data ( FIG. 3 ).
  • mouse antibodies are a model for pathogenic human anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients.
  • a dose of 10 mg/kg or polymer 86 significantly reduced the levels of mouse anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies up to seven days after administration.
  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the globoside-, the ganglioside- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases.
  • the invention further relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands/moieties, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of one compound of formula (I) or (II) or combinations of several compounds of formula (I), and/or (II).
  • the compounds of formula (I) are defined as:
  • R I1 is Z or
  • R I2 is H, SO 3 H, or
  • R I3 is H or
  • R I4 is H or
  • R I5 and R I6 are independently H or
  • R I7 is H or
  • R II1 is Z or
  • R II2 is Z or
  • Z is —N(R a )-A-B—CH 2 —(CH 2 ) q —SH, wherein R a is H, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is C 1 -C 7 -alkylene, C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O—C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, or C 1 -C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Polyamides (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the globoside-, the ganglioside- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases. The invention further relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands/moieties, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies. In particular, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of one compound of formula (I) or (II) or combinations of several compounds of formula (I), and/or (II). The compounds of formula (I) are defined as:
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00001
wherein
RI1 is Z or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00002
wherein
RI2 is H, SO3H, or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00003
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00004
wherein
RI3 is H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00005
wherein
RI4 is H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00006
wherein
RI5 and RI6 are independently H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00007
wherein
RI7 is H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00008
and compounds of formula (II) are defined as:
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00009
wherein
RII1 is Z or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00010
wherein
RII2 is Z or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00011
wherein Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein
Ra is H, C, Ca alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5;
A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or
C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2;
q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Various neurological diseases are associated with the presence or increased levels of anti-glycan antibodies. Anti-glycolipid antibodies, particularly anti-ganglioside antibodies have been detected in a variety of neuropathological conditions, e.g. in multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) autoimmune-mediated neuropathies including chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Guillain-Barre-syndrome (GBS) (with subtypes acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN), acute motor and sensory axonal neuropathy (AMSAN) and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)), Miller Fisher syndrome (MFS) and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN) (K. Kollewe et al., Plos One 2015, 10).
  • There is evidence from cell culture, tissue culture and animal models that anti-glycan antibodies are involved in immune-mediated attack towards the nervous system. The anti-glycan antibodies target relevant antigens on neuronal or myelin cells and can lead to disruption of nerve fiber function, conduction failure, axonal degeneration and demyelination (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625; K. A. Sheikh and G. Zhang, F1000 Biology Reports, 2010, 2, 21).
  • There are several mechanism that can explain the pathogenicity of the anti-glycan antibodies, including complement fixation and formation of membrane attack complex, disruption of signaling e.g. through sodium channel blockage (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, loc. cit) or disruption of lipid rafts and interference with signaling pathways therein (A Ueda et al., Mol Cell Neurosci, 2010, 45(4), 355-62). Anti-ganglioside antibodies are also involved in dysfunction of the blood-brain barrier and thus contribute to progression of neurodegenerative diseases (T. Ariga, J Neurosci Res, 2014, 92, 1227-1242). Interestingly, some anti-glycan antibodies involved in immune-mediated neuropathy do not recognize single glycans but glycan clusters, particularly glycolipid complexes (pattern-recognition antibodies). Thus anti-glycolipid antibodies with pattern recognition characteristics have been described recently in immune-mediated neuropathy where previously no antibodies could be identified. Such antibodies have been identified in GBS, e.g. in the GBS subtype AIDP (H. J. Willison and C. S. Goodyear, Cell, 2013, 34, 453-459).
  • A pathogenic role for the anti-glycan antibodies is not always clear, even if it is established in immune-mediated neuropathies of acute and chronic types. In this group of diseases specific anti-glycolipid antibodies and specific clinical serological patterns are associated with particular clinical phenotypes (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625). The anti-glycan antibodies are usually of the IgM, IgG or IgA type.
  • The carbohydrate epitopes relevant to immune-mediated neuropathies are predominantly glycolipids, mostly of the ganglioside type involving GM1 (GM1a), GM1b, GaINAc-GM1b, Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1a, GaINAc-GD1a, GD1b, GT1a, GT1b, GT1aa, GQ1b, GQ1ba, LM1, Hex-LM1, furthermore carbohydrate antigens of the group of non-sialylated glycolipids such as sulfatide or asialo-GM1/asialo-GM2, galactocerebroside, SGPG and SGLPG (HNK-1 epitope) (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625).
  • In the group of acute immune-mediated neuropathies, GBS encompasses several disease conditions that often involve autoantibodies against nerve glycoepitopes. The major subgroups among GBS are AMAN, AMSAN and AIDP, with AMAN predominantly affecting motor nerves compared to the other subtypes. GBS is associated with autoantibodies against gangliosides such as GM1, GD and structurally similar GM1b and GaINAc-GD1a, but also against ganglioside complexes, e.g. GM1 and GD1a. The pharyngeal-cervical-brachial (PCB) variant of GBS correlates with autoantibodies against GT1a alone or additionally GQ1b. Another clinically distinct subgroup of GBS is the Miller Fisher syndrome, which is mainly associated with antibodies against the GQ1b and the GT1a epitope. The pathogenic autoantibodies in the group of acute neuropathies are mostly of the IgG isotype (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-112).
  • In contrast to acute neuropathies the chronic immune-mediated neuropathies are mostly associated with IgM autoantibodies. Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP) is the most common form of chronic demyelinating polyneuropathy. Subtypes of CIDP involve pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-112).
  • The two other major disease groups among the chronic inflammatory neuropathies are the anti-MAG neuropathy and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN). The anti-MAG neuropathy mainly involves autoantibodies against the HNK-1 epitope, present on multiple myelin antigens such as MAG, SGPG, SGLPG, PO and PMP22. MMN patients often show autoantibodies against the ganglioside GM1 (or the complex GM1:GalC). Other, less frequent, chronic neuropathies encompass the chronic sensory axonal neuropathy with anti-sulfatide antibodies, the chronic motor neuropathy with GD1a or GD1b antibodies, and the CANOMAD (chronic ataxic neuropathy, opthalmoplegia, M-protein, Agglutination, Disialosyl antibodies) with antibodies against disialosyl gangliosides, such as GQ1b and GD1b (E. Nobile-Orazio, Clinical Lymphoma & Myeloma, 2009, 9, 107-109).
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases. In particular, the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the (neo)lacto-, the ganglio- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases. The invention relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands and moieties respectively, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • In a first aspect, the present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • In a second aspect, the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00012
  • wherein RI1 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00013
  • wherein RI2 is H, SO3H, or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00014
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00015
  • wherein RI3 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00016
  • wherein RI4 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00017
  • wherein RI5 and RI6 are independently H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00018
  • wherein RI7 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00019
  • and wherein formula (II) is
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00020
  • wherein RII1 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00021
  • wherein RII2 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00022
  • wherein said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • Furthermore, the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z.
  • Thus, in another aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z. Preferably said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • The invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, diagnostic kits containing these, and to the use of these compounds for the diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • Thus, in another aspect, the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), or comprising said inventive.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of treating a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy, wherein further preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides for a diagnostic kit comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer for the diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy, wherein further preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barr syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides for a method of treatment of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein said method comprises administering said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal, preferably to a human, requiring such treatment.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1: Schematic representation of a competitive binding assay
  • (a) Co-incubation of glycolipid-coated plates with neuropathy patient sera, containing anti-glycolipid antibodies of the IgG (and/or IgM) isotype, and glycopolymers. In this particular representative example GM1a ganglioside-coated plates are co-incubated with anti-GMa IgG-containing serum and glycopolymer 6. (b) Wash step. (c) Incubation with anti-human IgG (or IgM) antibody coupled to horseradish peroxidase. (d) Wash step. (e) Addition of tetramethylbenzidin (TMB) substrate. (f) Addition of acidic stop solution and measurement of the optical density.
  • FIGS. 2A-2E: Binding curves for compounds 6, 26, 34 and 86
  • FIG. 2A: The GM1a-ganglioside-coated wells were co-incubated with compound 6 (1 mM highest concentration) and the two patient sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG). Compound 6 is a polylysine polymer (average of 250 repeating lysine units) with a defined percentage of lysine residues coupled to the GM1a glycoepitope (4). The general abbreviation used is as follows: PL(glycoepitope)x with x defining the percentage of glycoepitope loading in %. In this case the polymer is PL(GM1a)28. Results are indicated as mean±SD.
  • FIG. 2B: Co-incubation of GM1a-coated wells with PL(GM1a)28 polymer 6 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Results are indicated as mean±SD.
  • FIG. 2C: Co-incubation of GD1b-coated wells with the PL(GD1b)20 polymer 26 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P22 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean±SD.
  • FIG. 2D: Co-incubation of GQ1b-coated wells with the PL(GT1a)58 polymer 34 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG), P23 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean±SD.
  • FIG. 2E: Co-incubation of MAG-coated wells (MAG contains up to eight HNK-1 glycoepitopes) and the PL(HNK-1mimetic(58))40 polymer 86 (100 μM highest concentration) together with a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. Results are indicated as mean±SD.
  • FIG. 3: BALB/c wild type mice were immunized against the two glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG, of which both bear the HNK-1 glycoepitope. Immunized mice showed high levels of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies at day 154 after immunization (0 h, pre-treatment). These induced mouse antibodies are a model for human anti-MAG IgM of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. An intravenous administration of the PL(HNK-1mimetic(58))40 polymer 86 (10 mg/kg) to immunized BALB/c mice (n=6) led to a significant reduction of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies for up to a week (168 h) after administration. Results are indicated as mean±95% CI (above) and mean±SD (below). Results were analyzed by one-way ANOVA with Dunnett's multiple comparison posttest with a 0.05 confidence level accepted for statistical significance (*p≤0.05, **p≤0.01, ***p≤0.001).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The compounds of the present invention, and in particular the compounds of the present invention of formula (I) or (II), recognize anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system, in particular glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids such as the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, and the ganglio-types. The carbohydrate ligands contain linkers that allow coupling to a polymer backbone for multivalent presentation. The glycopolymers resulting from the coupling are superior in the sequestration of anti-carbohydrate antibodies compared to the respective glycan-monomers. The glycopolymers are suitable diagnostic or therapeutic agents to detect and to bind anti-glycan antibodies in particular associated with neurological diseases.
  • The present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl (OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • In a preferred embodiment, said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type. In a further preferred embodiment, said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a ganglioside, wherein preferably said ganglioside is selected from GM1 (GM1a), GM1b, GaINAc-GM1b, Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1a, GaINAc-GD1a, GD1b, GT1a, GT1b, GT1aa, GQ1b, GQ1ba, LM1 or Hex-LM1.
  • In particular, the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00023
  • wherein RI1 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00024
  • wherein RI2 is H, SO3H, or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00025
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00026
  • wherein RI3 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00027
  • wherein RI4 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00028
  • wherein RI5 and RI6 are independently H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00029
  • wherein RI7 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00030
  • and wherein formula (II) is
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00031
  • wherein RII1 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00032
  • wherein RII2 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00033
  • wherein said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula (I).
  • The scope of the present invention comprises carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system. Preferred compounds mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system in accordance with the present invention are compounds of the formula (I) as defined herein, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00034
  • wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (Ib), RI8 is H, C1-C8-alkyl, C1-C8-alkyl-cycloalkyl, C1-C8-alkenyl, C1-C8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroaryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-C1-C8-alkyl, t-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
  • In another preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula (II).
  • In another preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60* as depicted below.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00035
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00036
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00037
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00038
  • wherein said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60*, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00039
  • wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (Ib), RI8 is H, C1-C8-alkyl, C1-C8-alkyl-cycloalkyl, C1-C8-alkenyl, C1-C8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-C1-C8-alkyl, t-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
  • Preferred embodiments of said linker Z are as follows. Thus, in one embodiment, Ra is H, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, OCH3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O), S or CH2. In a preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S, and A is (CH2)pCH2, then q is 1 to 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O).
  • In a further preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S.
  • Preferably, when B is S and A is (CH2)pCH2, then q is 1 to 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3, preferably 2.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00040
  • wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 1 or 2. In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
  • In said further preferred embodiment, and in light of the general formula of the present invention said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00041
  • wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2 In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
  • In a very preferred embodiment, said linker Z is —N(CH3)—O(CH2)2—NHC(O)—(CH2)3—SH.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type, further preferably of a ganglioside.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of a sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside and hereby in particular a glycoepitope such as the antigenic HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 41, 44, 56, 58 or 77. The formula are shown in the examples.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21, 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44. The formula are shown in the examples.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 41, 44, 56, 58 or 77, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00042
  • wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (Ib), RI8 is H, C1-C8-alkyl, C1-C8-alkyl-cycloalkyl, C1-C8-alkenyl, C1-C8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-C1-C8-alkyl, t-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21, 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (Ia) or formula (Ib)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00043
  • wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (Ib), RI8 is H, C1-C8-alkyl, C1-C8-alkyl-cycloalkyl, C1-C8-alkenyl, C1-C8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-C1-C8-alkyl, t-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with C1-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
  • Furthermore the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z. Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Such spacer moieties are known to the skilled person in the art and preferred examples are described herein.
  • Thus, in another aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z. Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z. Preferably said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II). Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, said polymer comprises (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z, and wherein said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein Ra is H,
  • C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety. Preferably said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II). Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • Preferred embodiments of said linker Z are as follows. Thus, in one embodiment, Ra is H, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, OCH3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O), S or CH2. In a preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S, and A is (CH2)pCH2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3.
  • In a further preferred embodiment of said linker comprised by said inventive polymer, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O). In another preferred embodiment of said linker comprised by said inventive polymer, Ra is CH3, A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S and A is (CH2)pCH2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3. In a further preferred embodiment of said linker comprised by said inventive polymer, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, preferably 2 or 4, further preferably 2.
  • Preferably, said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00044
  • wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2 In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
  • Preferably, and in light of the general formula of the present invention, said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00045
  • wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2 In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 2 to 6, preferably 2, 3 or 4; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
  • In a very preferred embodiment, said linker Z is —N(CH3)—O(CH2)2NHC(O)(CH2)3SH.
  • The invention further particularly relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of a multitude of one identical compound of formula (I) or (II) or a multitude being a combination of several different compounds of formula (I) or (II). Preferred polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are preferably selected from 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29* or 33*, and 46*-60*.
  • The inventive polymer comprising the multitude of identical or different compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) wherein the SH-group of said linker Z connects said compounds to the polymer backbone, is preferably an α-amino acid polymer, and hereby typically and preferably a homomeric or heteromeric α-amino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, or a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinylalcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is an α-amino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is an α-amino acid polymer.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is an α-amino acid polymer and said α-amino acid of said α-amino acid polymer is lysine, ornithine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid or serine.
  • In a very preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is poly-lysine, and wherein preferably the molecular weight of said poly-lysine is 1′000 Da to 300′000 Da.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is between 10 and 90%, preferably between 20 and 70%, and in particular between 30 and 60%. The latter means that 30 to 60% of the reactive polymer side chains and, if applicable the spacer moiety, are reacted with the SH group of said linker Z. The percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is typically and preferably determined by NMR spectroscopy and refers to % mole/mole.
  • Further particular examples of polymers of the invention are
  • (A) a poly-α-amino acid, wherein the amino acid carries a side chain aminoalkyl function, such as in poly-lysine, in particular poly-L-lysine or poly-D-lysine, and the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z. A preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • (B) a poly-α-amino acid (D- and L-form), wherein the amino acid carries a side chain carbonylalkyl function, such as in poly-aspartic acid, poly-glutamic acid, poly-asparagine or poly-glutamine, and the carbonyl group (which corresponds to the original carboxy group in aspartic acid and glutamic acid, respectively) is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • (C) a poly-α-amino acid (D- and L-form), wherein the amino acid carries a side chain hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyaryl function, such as in poly-serine, poly-threonine, poly-tyrosine, or poly-hydroxyproline, and the hydroxy group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • (D) a poly-α-amino acid, wherein the amino acid carries a side chain thiolalkyl function, such as in poly-cysteine, wherein the terminal CH2 group of the amino acid side-chain (next to the thiol) is connected to the terminal SH group of linker Z, typically and preferably as a thioether;
  • (E) Co-polymers of two or more different α-amino acids connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z, as described in (A)-(D);
  • (F) poly-acrylic acid, poly-methacrylic acid or a copolymer of acrylic and methacrylic acid, wherein the carboxy group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • (G) a copolymer of N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and vinyl alcohol, wherein the hydroxy group of the vinyl alcohol part of the copolymer is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • (H) chitosan, wherein the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z; and
  • (I) a polyphosphazene polymer, wherein the terminal ester group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z. A preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (A) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00046
  • wherein
    R1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the terminal amino group of R1 via a spacer moiety, wherein typically and preferably said spacer moiety is an acetyl group,
  • R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-aminoalkyl, which is a capped amino function having a solubilizing substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (IIIa)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00047
  • and R2 is of formula (IIIb)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00048
  • wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • When o is 3, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-ornithine, and when o is 4, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-lysine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II),
  • The poly-amino acid can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic, as described by Z. Kadlecova et al., Biomacromolecules 2012, 13:3127-3137, for poly-lysine as follows:
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00049
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00050
  • The poly-lysine used to prepare polymer (A) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of the linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylylaminoalkyl residue are preferred. For example, the polylysine polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (B) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00051
  • wherein
    R1 is a carbonylalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1,
  • R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl,
  • and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carbonyl or carboxy function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (IIIc)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00052
  • and R2 is of formula (IIId)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00053
  • wherein X is either oxygen or nitrogen, o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • When o is 1 and X is O, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-aspartic acid, and when o is 2 and X is O, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamic acid, when o is 1 and X is N, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-asparagine, and when o is 2 and X is N, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II),
  • and R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl, i.e. a capped carboxy or amide function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • The poly-aspartic acid used to prepare polymer (B) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl residue are preferred. For example, polyaspartic acid is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • In case of poly-aspartic acid or poly-glutamic acid the polymer can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (C) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00054
  • wherein
    R1 is a hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1,
    R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-hydroxyalkyl (or -hydroxyaryl),
    and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
  • For example, in the case of poly-serine and analogs, R1 is of formula (IIIe)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00055
  • and R2 is of formula (IIIf)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00056
  • wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in particular 1, m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • When o is 1, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-serine, connected to said SH group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and R2 is 2,3-dihydroxy-propylthio-hydroxyalkyl, i.e. a capped hydroxy function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • The poly-serine (and other hydroxy-functionalized α-amino acid side-chains) used to prepare polymer (C) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-hydroxyalkyl residue are preferred. For example, polyserine is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (D) comprises the partial formula (IV)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00057
  • wherein
    R1 is a thioalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1,
    R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioalkyl,
    and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped thiol function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (IIIg)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00058
  • and R2 is of formula (IIIh)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00059
  • wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in particular 1.
  • When o is 1, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-cysteine, connected to said SH group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and hereby connected to the —CH2-group of R1, and R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-alkyl, i.e. a capped thiol function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • The poly-cysteine used to prepare polymer (D) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-thioalkyl residue are preferred. For example, the polycysteine polymer is reacted with a compound containing a terminal alkene group via a radical reaction.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (F) comprises the partial formula (IV)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00060
  • wherein
    R1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1 (IVa).
    R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino or a related amino substituent, and
    R3 is hydrogen or methyl;
    and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amide function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (IVa)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00061
  • and R2 is of formula (IVb), R3 is of formula (IVc)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00062
  • In another embodiment R1 is of formula (IVd)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00063
  • and R2 is of formula (lye)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00064
  • wherein m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4.
  • In another embodiment R1 is of formula (IVf)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00065
  • wherein r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2, and
    R2 is of formula (IVc) (above).
  • The poly-acrylic acid used to prepare polymer (F) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 400′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 160′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino residue are preferred.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (G) comprises the partial formula (V)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00066
  • wherein
    R1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1 (Va).
    R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl or a related aminocarbonyl substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (Va)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00067
  • and R2 is of formula (Vb)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00068
  • In another embodiment R1 is of formula (Vc)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00069
  • and R2 is of formula (Vd)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00070
  • wherein m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4.
  • In another embodiment R1 is of formula (Ve)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00071
  • and R2 is of formula (Vf)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00072
  • wherein r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2.
  • The copolymer used to prepare polymer (G) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 400′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 160′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl residue are preferred.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (H) comprises the partial formula (VI)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00073
  • wherein
    R1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1.
    R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine,
    and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (VIa)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00074
  • and R2 is of formula (VIb)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00075
  • wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • The chitosan used to prepare polymer (H) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and connected to a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine residue are preferred. For example, the chitosan polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation of the amino groups. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • In a particular embodiment, a polymer (I) comprises the partial formula (VII)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00076
  • wherein
    R1 is a carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the —CH2-group of R1,
    R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl,
    and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carboxy function.
  • For example, R1 is of formula (Vila)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00077
  • and R2 is of formula (VIIb)
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00078
  • wherein m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • The polyphosphazen used to prepare polymer (I) of formula (VII) has preferably a molecular weight between 1′000 and 300′000 Da, in particular 30′000 to 70′000 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl residue are preferred. For example, the polyphosphazene is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • From the group of polymers (A)-(I), preferred polymers are α-amino acid polymers (D- and L-form) or combinations (co-polymers) of different α-amino acids (A)-(D). More preferred are α-amino acid polymers consisting of poly-lysine, poly-ornithine, poly-aspartic acid, poly-glutamic acid. Particularly preferred among these α-amino acid polymers is poly-L-lysine.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20-1200, preferably 100-1100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100-1100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20-1200, preferably 100-1100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100-1100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter preferably have within the context of this disclosure the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
  • Where the plural form is used for compounds and the like, this is taken to mean also a single compound, or the like.
  • The term “glycoepitope”, as used herein, refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin-like glycan-binding protein. Preferably, the term “glycoepitope”, as used herein, refers to a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a glycosphingolipid expressed in the nervous system. Glycosphingolipids are known to the skilled person in the art and are a subset of glycolipids defined by their content of sphingosine and are particularly relevant to the nervous system. Subtypes of glycosphingolipids are cerebrosides (single carbohydrate attached to the lipid part), (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type (sialylated or non-sialylated oligosaccharide attached to the lipid part). Preferably, the term “glycoepitope”, as used herein, refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin-like glycan-binding protein, wherein said glycoepitope is comprised by a glycosphingolipid that is expressed in the nervous system and wherein said a glycosphingolipid is selected from cerebrosides, (neo)lactosides, gangliosides, sulfoglucuronyl paraglobosides or carbohydrate moieties comprised by compounds of formula I or formula II.
  • Thus, in a preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type or a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I) or formula (II).
  • In a further preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type. In another preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I). In another preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II).
  • The term “reducing end”, as used herein in the context of the glycoepitope of the present invention and of the specific inventive compounds, refers to the terminal monosaccharide of the glycoepitope with a free anomeric carbon that is not involved in a glycosidic bond, wherein said free anomeric carbon bears a hemiacetal group.
  • The term “C1-C4-alkyl”, as used herein refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes butyl, such as n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, propyl, such as n-propyl or iso-propyl, ethyl or methyl. Preferably the term “C1-C4-alkyl”, refers to methyl or ethyl, n-propyl or iso-propyl. Further preferably, the term “C1-C4-alkyl”, refers to methyl. Correspondingly, the term “C1-C8-alkyl”, as used herein refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The term “C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl”, as used herein, and when referring to the linker Z defined as —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, and when referring to A within said linker Z, should refer, as evident from the description and examples herein, to a bivalent “C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl” group including groups such as —(CH2)n—(OCH2CH2)pO—(CH2)n— with n equal 1 to 4.
  • The term “C1-C7-alkylene”, as used herein, refers to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain, preferably to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, —CH2—, —CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, —CH(CH3)—CH2—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
  • The term “C1-C7-alkoxy”, as used herein, refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The term “C1-C4-alkoxy”, as used herein, refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy and tert-butoxy. Preferably, the term “C1-C4-alkoxy”, as used herein, refers to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy. Further preferably, the term “C1-C4-alkoxy”, as used herein, refers to methoxy. The term “C1-C7-alkoxy”, as used herein, and when referring to the linker Z defined as —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, and when referring to A within said linker Z, should refer, as evident from the description and examples herein, to a bivalent C1-C7-alkoxy group including groups such as —(CH2)nO— or —O(CH2)n— with n equal 1 to 7, typically and very preferably to groups such as —O(CH2)n— forming with the N(Ra) of the linker Z a preferred bonding N(Ra)—O(CH2)n—.
  • The term “C1-C8-alkenyl”, as used herein, refers to is a straight or branched chain containing one or more, e.g. two or three, double bonds, and is preferably C1-C4-alkenyl, such as 1- or 2-butenyl, 1-propenyl, allyl or vinyl.
  • Double bonds in principle can have E- or Z-configuration. The compounds of this invention may therefore exist as isomeric mixtures or single isomers. If not specified both isomeric forms are intended.
  • The term “C1-C8-alkynyl”, as used herein, refers to is a straight or branched chain comprising one or more, preferably one triple bond. Preferred are C1-C4-alkynyl, such as propargyl or acetylenyl.
  • Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)-configuration. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
  • The term “aryl”, as used herein, refers to a mono- or bicyclic fused ring aromatic group with 5 to 10 carbon atoms optionally carrying substituents, such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl, or also a partially saturated bicyclic fused ring comprising a phenyl group, such as indanyl, indolinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydronaphthyl, all optionally substituted. Preferably, aryl is phenyl, indanyl, indolinyl or tetrahydronaphthyl, in particular phenyl.
  • The term “heteroaryl”, as used herein, refers to an aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members. Heteroaryl rings do not contain adjacent oxygen atoms, adjacent sulfur atoms, or adjacent oxygen and sulfur atoms within the ring. Monocyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl groups and bicyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 9 or 10 membered fused-ring heteroaryl groups. Examples of heteroaryl include pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and benzo or pyridazo fused derivatives of such monocyclic heteroaryl groups, such as indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolopyridine, imidazopyridine, or purinyl, all optionally substituted.
  • Preferably, the term “heteroaryl” refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members. Preferably, heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimdinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridine or imidazopyridine; in particular pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridine or imidazopyridine
  • The term “optionally substituted aryl”, as used herein, refers to aryl substituted by up to four substituents, preferably up to two substituents. In optionally substituted aryl, preferably in optionally substituted phenyl, substituents are preferably and independently selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, amino-C1-C4-alkyl, acylamino-C1-C4-alkyl, aryl-C1-C4-alkyl hydroxy, carboxy, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, hydroxysulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, or nitro, in particular C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, amino-C1-C4-alkyl, acylamino-C1-C4-alkyl, carboxy, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, or aminosulfonyl.
  • The term “optionally substituted heteroaryl”, as used herein, refers to heteroaryl substituted by up to three substituents, preferably up to two substituents. In optionally substituted heteroaryl, substituents are preferably and independently selected from C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, halo-C1-C4-alkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, aryl-C1-C4-alkyl, or nitro.
  • Cycloalkyl has preferably 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms, and may be unsubstituted or substituted, e.g. by C1-C4-alkyl or C1-C4-alkoxy. Cycloalkyl is, for example and preferably, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, methylcyclopentyl, or cyclopropyl, in particular cyclopropyl.
  • Acyl designates, for example, alkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryl-C1-C4-alkylcarbonyl, or heteroarylcarbonyl. C1-C4-acyl is preferably lower alkylcarbonyl, in particular propionyl or acetyl. Ac stands for acetyl.
  • Hydroxyalkyl is especially hydroxy-C1-C4-alkyl, preferably hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-hydroxy-2-propyl.
  • Haloalkyl is preferably fluoroalkyl, especially trifluoromethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl.
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • Arylalkyl includes aryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. benzyl, 1-phenethyl or 2-phenethyl.
  • Heteroarylalkyl includes heteroaryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl, 1- or 2-pyrrolylmethyl, 1-pyrazolylmethyl, 1-imidazolylmethyl, 2-(1-imidazolyl)ethyl or 3-(1-imidazolyl)propyl.
  • In substituted amino, the substituents are preferably those mentioned as substituents hereinbefore. In particular, substituted amino is alkylamino, dialkylamino, optionally substituted arylamino, optionally substituted arylalkylamino, lower alkylcarbonylamino, benzoylamino, pyridylcarbonylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino or optionally substituted aminocarbonylamino.
  • Particular salts considered are those replacing the hydrogen atoms of the sulfate group and the carboxylic acid function. Suitable cations are, e.g., sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or ammonium cations, or also cations derived by protonation from primary, secondary or tertiary amines containing, for example, C1-C4-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-C4-alkyl or hydroxy-C1-C4-alkoxy-C1-C4-alkyl groups, e.g., 2-hydroxyethylammonium, 2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)ethyldimethylammonium, diethylammonium, di(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, trimethylammonium, triethylammonium, 2-hydroxyethyldimethylammonium, or di(2-hydroxyethyl)methylammonium, also from correspondingly substituted cyclic secondary and tertiary amines, e.g., N-methylpyrrolidinium, N-methylpiperidinium, N-methyl-morpholinium, N-2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidinium, N-2-hydroxyethylpiperidinium, or N-2-hydroxyethylmorpholinium, and the like.
  • In view of the close relationship between the novel compounds in free form and those in the form of their salts, including those salts that can be used as intermediates, for example in the purification or identification of the novel compounds, any reference to the free compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding salts, and vice versa, as appropriate and expedient
  • A preferred polymer backbone in the inventive polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I) or formula (II) is polylysine, in particular poly-L-lysine.
  • Preferably the molecular weight of the polylysine is 1′000 to 300′000 kD, preferably 10′000 to 200′000 kD. Particularly preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50′000 kD, 85′000 kD, 125′000 kD or 200′000 kD. Most preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50′000 kD.
  • In particular the invention relates to such polymers wherein the relative loading of polymer backbone with the carbohydrate moiety of said compound of formula (I) and/or (II) is 10-90%, meaning that 10-90% of all lysine side chains in the polymer are connected to said SH-group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), the remaining amino functions being capped. Preferably the loading of the polymer is 20-70%, more preferably 30-60%. Further preferred polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are selected from 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29* or 33*, and 46*-60*.
  • The polymers of the present invention which comprises the inventive compounds comprising a carbohydrate moieties and linkers Z, wherein said carbohydrate moieties mimic glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system allow straightforward coupling of said carbohydrate moieties such as ganglioside glycoepitopes to biodegradable poly-L-lysine and other functionalized biodegradable polymers without loosing the integrity of the carbohydrate moieties at their reducing end. This is in particular important since the monosaccharide with the reducing end comprised the carbohydrate moieties can also contribute to binding affinity to antibodies or other targets, and thus chemical linkage methods that leave this carbohydrate ring intact are preferable. Thus, the resulting inventive chemically defined glycoconjugates/glycopolymers based on biodegradable polymer backbones can be used in a clinical context, either therapeutic and diagnostic, to detect or neutralize pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies. Moreover, the multivalent presentation of the carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, on, preferably, poly-L-lysine, can substantially increase their binding affinity towards binding partners.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the invention relates to polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) wherein the polymer is poly-L-lysine and wherein said polymer further comprises said linker Z connecting said compounds to the polymer backbone. Poly-L-lysine is biodegradable and therefore in particular suitable for therapeutical application.
  • The compounds of the invention have valuable pharmacological properties. The invention also relates to compounds as defined hereinbefore for use as medicaments. A compound according to the invention shows prophylactic and therapeutic efficacy especially against neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • One or multiple compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or polymers comprising these, can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations, or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • Therapeutic agents for possible combination are especially immunosuppressive agents/therapies. Examples are purine analogues such as fludarabine and/or cladribine, plasmapheresis, intravenous immunoglobulins, furthermore the chimeric monoclonal antibody rituximab (M. C. Dalakas, Curr Treat Opinions Neurol, 2010, 12, 71-83).
  • In another particular embodiment, the invention relates to the use of the compounds of the invention in a diagnostic assay for neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies. In particular, the invention relates to kits comprising the compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) as defined above, and also polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • The present invention relates to a method of diagnosis of neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies, wherein the level of antibodies (e.g. IgM/IgG) against glycans of the nervous system, particularly glycolipids, is determined in a body fluid sample, e.g. serum, and a high level is indicative of the development and the severity of a particular neurological condition.
  • Other body fluids than serum are useful for determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes and are, e.g., whole blood, cerebrospinal fluid or extracts from solid tissue.
  • Any known method may be used for the determination of the level of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in body fluids. Methods considered are, e.g., ELISA, RIA, EIA, or microarray analysis.
  • A preferred method for the determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in human body fluids, e.g. in serum, is an ELISA. In such an embodiment, microtiter plates are coated with compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or preferably polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents. The plates are then blocked and the sample or a standard solution is loaded. After incubation, an anti-IgM/IgG antibody is applied, e.g. an anti-IgM or anti-IgG antibody directly conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. with an enzyme for chromogenic detection. Alternatively, a polyclonal rabbit (or mouse) anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibody is added. A second antibody detecting the particular type of the anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibody, e.g. an anti-rabbit (or anti-mouse) antibody, conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. the enzyme for chromogenic detection as above, is then added. Finally the plate is developed with a substrate for the label in order to detect and quantify the label, being a measure for the presence and amount of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system. If the label is an enzyme for chromogenic detection, the substrate is a colour-generating substrate of the conjugated enzyme. The colour reaction is then detected in a microplate reader and compared to standards.
  • It is also possible to use antibody fragments. Suitable labels are chromogenic labels, i.e. enzymes which can be used to convert a substrate to a detectable colored or fluorescent compound, spectroscopic labels, e.g. fluorescent labels or labels presenting a visible color, affinity labels which may be developed by a further compound specific for the label and allowing easy detection and quantification, or any other label used in standard ELISA.
  • Other preferred methods of detection of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes are radioimmunoassay or competitive immunoassay and chemiluminescence detection on automated commercial analytical robots. Microparticle enhanced fluorescence, fluorescence polarized methodologies, or mass spectrometry may also be used. Detection devices, e.g. microarrays, are useful components as readout systems for antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes.
  • In a further embodiment the invention relates to a kit suitable for an assay as described above, in particular an ELISA, comprising compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or polymers comprising such compounds as substituents. The kits further contain anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibodies (or anti-IgM/IgG antibody fragments) carrying a suitable label, or anti-IgM/anti-IgG antibodies and second antibodies carrying such a suitable label, and reagents or equipment to detect the label, e.g. reagents reacting with enzymes used as labels and indicating the presence of such a label by a colour formation or fluorescence, standard equipment, such as microtiter plates, pipettes and the like, standard solutions and wash solutions.
  • The ELISA can be also designed in a way that patient blood or serum samples are used for the coating of microtiter plates with the subsequent detection of anti-glycan antibodies with labelled compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or labelled polymers comprising such compounds as substituents. The label is either directly detectable or indirectly detectable via an antibody.
  • The polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention binds to the pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies and potentially downregulates the anti-glycan IgM or IgG antibody production. It allows an antigen-specific treatment for neurological diseases involving anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes.
  • Furthermore the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and/or (II) or a polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous, intravenous, intrahepatic or intramuscular administration, to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, are considered. The compositions comprise the active ingredient(s) alone or, preferably, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dosage of the active ingredient(s) depends upon the age, weight, and individual condition of the patient, the individual pharmacokinetic data, and the mode of administration.
  • For parenteral administration preference is given to the use of suspensions or dispersions of the carbohydrate polymer of the invention, especially isotonic aqueous dispersions or suspensions which, for example, can be made up shortly before use. The pharmaceutical compositions may be sterilized and/or may comprise excipients, for example preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents and/or emulsifiers, solubilizers, viscosity-increasing agents, salts for regulating osmotic pressure and/or buffers and are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving and lyophilizing processes.
  • Suitable carriers for enteral administration, such as nasal, buccal, rectal or oral administration, are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, and also binders, such as starches, for example corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or, if desired, disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Additional excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol, or derivatives thereof.
  • Tablet cores can be provided with suitable, optionally enteric, coatings through the use of, inter alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may comprise gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures, or, for the preparation of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropyl-methylcellulose phthalate. Dyes or pigments may be added to the tablets or tablet coatings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient(s).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration also include hard capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The hard capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example in admixture with fillers, such as corn starch, binders, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquid excipients, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols or fatty acid esters of ethylene or propylene glycol, to which stabilizers and detergents, for example of the polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester type, may also be added.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for rectal administration are, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols.
  • The mentioned pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may contain separate tablets, granules or other forms of orally acceptable formulation of the active ingredients, or may contain a mixture of active ingredients in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form, as described above. In particular the separate orally acceptable formulations or the mixture in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form may be slow release and controlled release pharmaceutical compositions.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions comprise from approximately 1% to approximately 95% active ingredient or mixture of active ingredients, single-dose administration forms comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 20% to approximately 90% active ingredient(s) and forms that are not of single-dose type comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 5% to approximately 20% active ingredient(s).
  • The invention also relates to the mentioned pharmaceutical compositions as medicaments in the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • The present invention relates furthermore to a method of treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies, which comprises administering a composition according to the invention in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal requiring such treatment. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered prophylactically or therapeutically, preferably in an amount effective against the said diseases, to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, requiring such treatment. In the case of an individual having a bodyweight of about 70 kg the daily, weekly or monthly dose administered is from approximately 0.01 g to approximately 5 g, preferably from approximately 0.1 g to approximately 1.5 g, of the active ingredients in a composition of the present invention.
  • The following Examples serve to illustrate the invention without limiting the invention in its scope.
    • EXAMPLES General Methods
  • NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance DMX-500 (500 MHz) spectrometer. Assignment of 1H and 13C NMR spectra was achieved using 2D methods (COSY, HSQC and HMBC). Chemical shifts are expressed in ppm using residual CHCl3, CHD2OD, DMSO-d6 or HDO as references. IR spectra were recorded using a Perkin-Elmer Spectrum One FT-IR spectrometer. Electron spray ionization mass spectra (ESI-MS) were obtained on a Waters micromass ZQ. HRMS analysis was carried using an Agilent 1100LC equipped with a photodiode array detector and a micromass QTOF I equipped with a 4 GHz digital-time converter. Reactions were monitored by ESI-MS and TLC using glass plates coated with silica gel 60 F254 (Merck) and visualized by using UV light and/or by charring with mostain (a 0.02 M solution of ammonium cerium sulfate dihydrate and ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate in 10% aq H2SO4). Column chromatography was performed on silica gel (Redisep normal phase silica gel column 35/70) or RP-18 (Merck LiChroprep® RP-18 40/63). Dichloromethane (DCM) and MeOH were dried by filtration over Al2O3 (Fluke, type 5016A basic). Dimethylformamide (DMF) was purchased from Acros (99.8%, extra dry, over molecular sieves). Molecular sieves (MS, 4 Å) were activated in vacuo at 400° C. for 30 min immediately before use. Size-exclusion chromatography was performed on polyacrylamide gel (Biogel P-2 Fine). Dialysis was performed on a Biotech Cellulose Ester (CE) Membrane (SpectrumLabs, molecular weight cutoff: 100-500 Da). Centrifugations were carried out with an Eppendorf Centrifuge 5804 R. rt=room temperature.
  • Seventeen glycopolymers were synthesized (6, Scheme 1; 10, Scheme 2; 14, Scheme 3; 18, Scheme 4; 22, Scheme 5; 26, Scheme 6; 30, Scheme 7; 34, Scheme 8; 38, Scheme 9; 42, Scheme 10; 45, Scheme 11; 78, Scheme 16; 86, Scheme 18; 89, Scheme 19; 93, Scheme 20; 100, Scheme 22; 102, Scheme 23) for biological evaluation. Polylysine glycoconjugates 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34 all bear the same linker but differ by their carbohydrate moiety (respectively GM1a, GM1b, asialo GM1, GM2, GD1a, GD1b, GD3 and GT1a). Polylysine glycoconjugates 6, 38, 42 and 45 bear the same carbohydrate (GM1a) but differ by their linker moiety. Polylysine glycoconjugate 78 bears a GM4 mimetic. Polylysine glycoconjugate 86 bears the HO3S-β-D-GlcpA-(1→3)-β-D-Galp (HNK-1) disaccharide. The above-mentioned glycoconjugates (6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 45, 78, 86) are all poly-L-lysine conjugates. Conjugates 89 and 93 bear the same HNK-1 disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (poly-L-lysine dendrimer and poly-L-ornithine respectively). Conjugates 100 and 102 bear the same lactose disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (chitosan and poly-L-glutamic acid respectively). The synthesis of the HNK-1 disaccharide 58 functionalized by linker5 72 is described in Scheme 17. The synthesis of the lactose disaccharide 56 functionalized by linker5 72 is described in Scheme 121. The synthesis of linkers 35, 39, 43 and 72 is described in Scheme 12, 13, 14 and 15 respectively.
  • All reagents were bought from Sigma Aldrich, Acros, Alfa-Aesar, Elicityl or Alamanda Polymers. Linker 2 and compound 66 were synthesized according to a published procedure (O. Bohorov, et al. Glycobiology, 2006, 16, 21C-27C). Chloroacetylated poly-L-lysine 5 (250 lysine repeating units) was synthesized from commercial poly-L-lysine polymer according to a published procedure (G. Thoma et al., J Am Chem Soc 1999, 121, 5919-5929). Derivatives 68, 73, 74, 80, 87 and 98 were synthesized according to published procedures (respectively I. Ueda, et al. Chem Pharm Bull (Tokyo), 1990, 38, 3035-3041; M. Numata, et al. Carbohydr Res, 1987, 163, 209-225; J. L. Magnani, Preparation of oligosaccharide glycomimetic antagonists as E- and P-selectin modulators, WO 2005054264A2, Jun. 16, 2005; T. Furukawa, Tetrahedron Lett, 2011, 52, 5567-5570; K. T. Al-Jamal, et al. J Drug Target, 2006, 14, 405-412; T. Kojima, Chitosan or chitin derivative and method for processing silver halide photographic material by using the same, US 005155004A, Oct. 13, 1992).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00079
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00080
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (3)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (5.0 mg, 4.90 umol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 50 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (4.4 mg, 49 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 3 (4.97 mg, 4.55 μmol, 91%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.80 (d, 1H), 4.57 (d, 1H), 4.57 (d, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.22-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.06 (dd, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 3H), 3.94 (d, 1H), 3.89 (dd, 1H), 3.86-3.74 (m, 12H), 3.73-3.57 (m, 10H), 3.54 (dd, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 1H), 3.39 (dd, 1H), 3.28-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.68 (dd, 1H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.94 (t, 1H).
  • HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1071.4132 (calc for C40H71N4O29 + [M+H]+: m/z 1071.4198).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galacto-pyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (4)
  • To a suspension of amine 3 (4.97 mg, 4.55 μmol) in anhyd DMF (90 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (1.2 mg, 8.2 μmol, 1.8 equiv), y-thiobutyrolactone (3.9 μL, 46 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (6.3 μL, 46 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 4 (2.8 mg, 2.33 μmol, 54%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.79 (d, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.22-3.31 (m, 32H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.91 (m, 3H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1171.59 (calc for C44H75N4O30S− [M−Na]−: m/z 1171.42).
    • GM1a Polymer (6):
  • To a solution of 5 (1.2 mg, 5.83 μmol) in DMF (60 μL) were subsequently added compound 4 (2.8 mg, 2.33 μmol, 0.4 equiv), water (3 μL) and a solution of DBU (1.3 μL, 8.74 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (10 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (1.5 μL, 17.5 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (2.4 μL, 17.5 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a polymer 6 (2.88 mg, 84%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 28% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 4.
  • In this particular embodiment, the GM1a epitope 4 carrying the linker Z with the terminal sulfhydryl function was synthesized and reacted in a substochiometric amount with the activated (chloroacetylated) lysine polymer 5. The carbohydrate loading (28%) of the obtained glycopolymer 6 was determined by 1H NMR. The starting polylysine hydrobromide had an average molecular weight (MW) of 52 kDa (250 repeating lysine units), whereas the final polymer 6 with 28% GM1a epitope loading had a calculated average MW of 145 kDa.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00081
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00082
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (8)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 7 (10 mg, 9.80 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (8.8 mg, 98.0 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 8 (7.6 mg, 6.95 μmol, 71%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.72 (d, 1H), 4.54 (d, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.09 (dd, 1H), 4.06-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.95 (d, 1H), 3.91 (dd, 1H), 3.89-3.81 (m, 7H), 3.81-3.60 (m, 12H), 3.78 (dd, 1H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, 1H), 3.57 (dd, 1H), 3.44 (dd, 1H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 1H), 2.06, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1.81 (dd, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1069.62 (calc for C40H69N4O29 − [M−Na]−: m/z 1069.41).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (9)
  • To a suspension of amine 8 (7.6 mg, 6.95 μmol) in anhyd DMF (140 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (spatula tip), γ-thiobutyrolactone (6.0 μL, 69.5 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (9.7 μL, 69.5 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 9 (5.4 mg, 4.52 μmol, 65%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.72 (d, 1H), 4.54 (d, 1H), 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.09 (dd, 1H), 4.04 (dd, 1H), 4.00 (dd, 1H), 3.96 (d, 1H), 3.93-3.80 (m, 10H), 3.80-3.58 (m, 13H), 3.58-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (dd, 1H), 3.47-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.44 (dd, 1H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 5H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.06, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1.94-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.81 (dd, 1H).
  • HRMS (ESI−): m/z 1171.01 (calc for C44H75N4O30S− [M−Na]−: m/z 1171.42).
    • GM1b Polymer (10):
  • To a solution of 5 (1.86 mg, 9.04 μmol) in DMF (60 μL) were subsequently added compound 9 (5.4 mg, 4.52 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (40 μL) and a solution of DBU (2.0 μL, 13.6 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (15 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.3 μL, 27.1 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (3.8 μL, 27.1 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1b polymer 10 (4.2 mg, 61%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 45% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 9.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00083
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00084
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (12)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 11 (10.0 mg, 14.1 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 141 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (12.7 mg, 141 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 12 (10.9 mg, 14.0 μmol, quant) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.06-4.00 (m, 3H), 4.04 (dd, 1H), 3.93 (d, 1H), 3.90 (dd, 1H), 3.87-3.75 (m, 8H), 3.76-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.64 (dd, 1H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.60 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (dd, 1H), 3.43 (dd, 1H), 3.28 (t, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 780.46 (calc for C29H54N3O21 + [M+H]+: m/z 780.32).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (13)
  • To a suspension of amine 12 (11 mg, 14.1 μmol) in anhyd DMF (282 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (12.2 μL, 141 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (19.7 μL, 141 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 13 (10.0 mg, 11.3 μmol, 80%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.72 (d, 1H), 4.47 (d, 2H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.19-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.04 (dd, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.85-3.71 (m, 8H), 3.76-3.63 (m, 4H), 3.64 (dd, 1H), 3.60 (dd, 1H), 3.57-3.52 (m, 3H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 3H), 2.78-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.00 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 904.05 (calc for C33H59N3O22SNa+ [M+Na]+: m/z 904.32).
    • Asialo GM1 Polymer (14):
  • To a solution of 5 (1.3 mg, 6.25 μmol) in DMF (60 μL) were subsequently added compound 13 (3.7 mg, 4.19 μmol, 0.4 equiv), water (5 μL) and a solution of DBU (2.3 μL, 15.7 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (105 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.7 μL, 31.4 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.4 μL, 31.4 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the asialo GM1 polymer 14 (4.6 mg, 71%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 44% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 13.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00085
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00086
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (16)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 15 (12.0 mg, 14.0 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 140 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (12.6 mg, 114 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 16 (9.9 mg, 10.6 μmol, 76%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.79 (d, 1H), 4.55 (d, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.20-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.00 (dd 2H), 3.97-3.87 (m, 3H), 3.91-3.68 (m, 14H), 3.66-3.56 (m, 5H), 3.50 (dd, 1H), 3.41-3.34 (t, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (t, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.72-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 907.56 (calc for C34H59N4O24 −[M−Na]−: m/z 907.35).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-2-acetamido-β-D-galacto-pyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (17)
  • To a suspension of amine 16 (9.9 mg, 10.6 μmol) in anhyd DMF (250 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), y-thiobutyrolactone (9.2 μL, 106 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (14.8 μL, 106 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 17 (5.7 mg, 5.52 μmol, 52%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.76 (d, 1H), 4.56 (d, 1H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.17 (dd, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.01 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (d, 1H), 3.94 (dd, 1H), 3.90-3.75 (m, 11H), 3.75-3.60 (m, 5H), 3.62 (dd, 1H), 3.58-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.50 (dd, 1H), 3.45-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.38 (dd, 1H, H-2Gal), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.68 (dd, 1H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.04 (2s, 6H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 3H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1009.54 (calc for C38H65N4O25S− [M−Na]−: m/z 1009.37).
    • GM2 Polymer (18):
  • To a solution of 5 (2.27 mg, 11.04 μmol) in DMF (110 μL) were subsequently added compound 17 (5.7 mg, 5.52 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (25 μL) and a solution of DBU (2.5 μL, 16.55 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (22 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.9 μL, 33.11 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.6 μL, 33.11 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM2 polymer 18 (4.5 mg, 56%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 49% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 17.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00087
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00088
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (20)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 19 (5.0 mg, 3.75 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 35 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (3.4 mg, 38 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 20 (5.0 mg, admixed with 1.2 equiv of oxyamine 2, 3.27 corrected yield 87%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.55 (d, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.11 (dd, 1H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.06-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.70 (m, 7H), 3.82-3.52 (m, 12H), 3.67-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.58 (dd, 1H), 3.54 (dd, 1H), 3.41 (dd, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 1H), 2.70 (dd, 1H), 2.05 (s, 6H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.93 (t, 1H), 1.82 (t, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 679.83 (calc for C51H85N5O37 2− [M−2Na]2−: m/z 679.75).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (21)
  • To a suspension of amine 20 (5.0 mg, 3.27 μmol) in anhyd DMF (65 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), y-thiobutyrolactone (2.8 μL, 32.7 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (4.6 μL, 32.7 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 21 (3.8 mg, 2.52 μmol, 78%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.56 (d, 1H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.18-4.13 (m, 3H), 4.11 (dd, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.97 (d, 1H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.94-3.51 (m, 12H), 3.93-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.68 (m, 7H), 3.86-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.70 (dd, 1H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.05 (s, 6H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.96-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.82 (t, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 730.97 (calc for C55H91N5O38S2− [M−2Na]2−: m/z 730.75).
    • GD1a Polymer (22):
  • To a solution of 5 (1.4 mg, 6.63 μmol) in DMF (67 μL) were subsequently added compound 21 (2.4 mg, 1.59 μmol, 0.4 equiv), water (15 μL) and a solution of DBU (1.5 μL, 9.9 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (13 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (1.7 μL, 19.9 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (2.8 μL, 19.9 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1a polymer 22 (3.6 mg, 59%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 46% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 21.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00089
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00090
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (24)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 23 (19.3 mg, 15.0 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 150 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (313.5 mg, 150 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 24 (14.2 mg, 10.1 μmol, 70%) as a white fluffy solid 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.80 (d, 1H), 4.55-4.53 (t, 2H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 4.21-3.40 (m, 38H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.09, 2.06, 2.05 (3s, 9H), 1.82-1.73 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1382.67 (calc for C51H85N5O37 − [M−Na]−: m/z 1382.48).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (25)
  • To a suspension of amine 24 (4.9 mg, 3.51 μmol) in anhyd DMF (70 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (1.0 mg, 6.31 μmol, 1.8 equiv), y-thiobutyrolactone (3.0 μL, 35.0 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (4.9 μL, 32.0 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 25 (4.1 mg, 2.72 μmol, 77%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.79 (d, 1H), 4.55-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.21-3.40 (m, 41H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.09, 2.05 (2s, 11H), 1.84-1.73 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1484.86 (calc for C55H91N5O38NaS− [M−Na]−: m/z 1484.50).
    • GD1b Polymer (26):
  • To a solution of 5 (0.59 mg, 2.89 μmol) in DMF (30 μL) were subsequently added compound 25 (2.1 mg, 1.45 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (3 μL) and a solution of DBU (0.6 μL, 4.34 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (6 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (0.75 μL, 8.7 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (1.21 μL, 8.7 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1b polymer 26 (0.68 mg, 40%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 20% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 25.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00091
    Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00092
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (28)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 27 (10 mg, 10.3 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 103 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (9.3 mg, 103 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 28 (5.4 mg, 5.18 μmol, 50%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.55 (d, 1H), 4.24-3.57 (m, 28H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.27 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.70 (dd, 1H), 2.09, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1.76 (t, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 497.36 (calc for C37H62N4O27 2− [M−2Na]2−: m/z 497.18).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (29)
  • To a suspension of amine 28 (3.2 mg, 3.07 μmol) in anhyd DMF (61 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (2.7 μL, 30.7 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (4.3 μL, 30.7 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 29 (2.3 mg, 2.01 μmol, 66%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.55 (d, 1H), 4.21-3.55 (m, 28H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.09, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1.92-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.76 (t, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 548.26 (calc for C41H68N4O28S2− [M−2Na]2−: m/z 548.19).
    • GD3 Polymer (30):
  • To a solution of 5 (0.75 mg, 3.67 μmol) in DMF (37 μL) were subsequently added compound 29 (2.1 mg, 1.83 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (10 μL) and a solution of DBU (0.8 μL, 5.5 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (7 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (1.0 μL, 11.0 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (1.5 μL, 11.0 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD3 polymer 30 (0.3 mg, 18%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 17% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 29.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00093
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-aminoethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (32)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 31 (5.0 mg, 3.04 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 30 μL) was added oxyamine 2 (2.7 mg, 30 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 32 (4.38 mg, 2.55 μmol, 84%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.80 (d, 1H), 4.64, 4.55 (2d, 2H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.20-3.40 (m, 45H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 3H), 2.08, 2.05 (2s, 12H), 1.85-1.65 (m, 3H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 836.33 (calc for C62H101N6O45Na2− [M−2Na]2−: m/z 836.29).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylamino)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (33)
  • To a suspension of amine 32 (3.2 mg, 1.86 μmol) in anhyd DMF (37 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (0.5 mg, 3.35 μmol, 1.8 equiv), y-thiobutyrolactone (1.6 μL, 18.6 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (2.6 μL, 18.6 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 33 (0.82 mg, 0.45 μmol, 24%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.79 (d, 1H), 4.64, 4.55 (2d, 2H), 4.20-3.40 (m, 39H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.08, 2.05 (2s, 14H), 1.94-1.74 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 583.80 (calc for C66H107N6O46SNa3− [M−3Na]3−: m/z 583.87).
    • GT1a Polymer (34):
  • To a solution of 5 (0.19 mg, 0.90 μmol) in DMF (9 μL) were subsequently added compound 33 (0.82 mg, 0.45 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (1 μL) and a solution of DBU (0.2 μL, 1.36 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (2 μL). After stirring for 1-3 h at rt, thioglycerol (0.2 μL, 2.7 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (0.4 μL, 2.7 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GT1a polymer 34 (0.28 mg, 25%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 57% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 33.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00094
    • N—[O-Methyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)hydroxylamino]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (36)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (10.0 mg, 9.80 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μL) was added oxyamine 35 (8.8 mg, 98 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 36 (6.2 mg, 5.63 μmol, 58%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.57-4.54 (m, 2H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.18-3.51 (m, 33H), 3.38 (t, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.27 (m, 2H), 2.68 (dd, 1H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.95 (t, 1H).
  • HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1071.4177 (calc. for C40H71N4O29 + [M+H]+: 1071.4198).
    • N—(N-[2-(2-Mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]-O-methyl)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (37)
  • To a suspension of amine 36 (6.1 mg, 5.6 μmol) in anhyd DMF (112 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (4.9 μL, 56 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (7.8 μL, 56 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 37 (5.0 mg, 4.2 μmol, 74%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.18-3.37 (m, 34H), 3.46 (m, 2H, Hb), 3.23 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.68 (dd, 1H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.97-1.93 (m, 3H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1171.65 (calc. for C44H75N4O30S− [M−Na]−: 1171.42).
    • GM1a-Linker2-Polymer (38)
  • To a solution of 5 (1.7 mg, 8.4 μmol) in DMF (84 μL) were subsequently added compound 37 (5.0 mg, 4.2 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (8.4 μL) and a solution of DBU (1.9 μL, 12.5 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (17 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.2 μL, 25 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (3.5 μL, 25 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a-linker2 polymer 38 (2.5 mg, 41%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 41% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 37.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00095
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-O-(2-aminoethyl)hydroxylethyl)]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (40)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (10.0 mg, 9.80 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μL) was added oxyamine 39 (13.1 mg, 98 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 40 (7.48 mg, 6.50 μmol, 51%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 3H), 4.13-3.48 (m, 32H), 3.38 (dd, 1H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.05, 2.02 (2s, 6H), 1.94 (m, 1H).
  • HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1115.4447 (calc. for C42H75N4O30+[M+H]+: 1115.4461).
    • N—(N-Methyl-O-[2-O-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyl]hydroxylethyl]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (41)
  • To a suspension of amine 40 (7.48 mg, 6.50 μmol) in anhyd DMF (130 μL) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), y-thiobutyrolactone (5.6 μL, 65 μmol, 10 equiv) and Et3N (9.1 μL, 65 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 41 (5.21 mg, 4.16 μmol, 64%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.18-3.52 (m, 36H), 3.41 (t, 2H), 3.37 (dd, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.39 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.02 (2s, 6H), 1.98-1.88 (m, 3H).
  • HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1239.4412 (calc. for C46H80N4O31NaS+ [M+H]+ 1239.4419).
  • GM1a-Linker3-polymer (42)
  • To a solution of 5 (1.72 mg, 8.41 μmol) in DMF (84 μL) were subsequently added compound 41 (5.21 mg, 4.21 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (8.4 μL) and a solution of DBU (1.9 μL, 13 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (17 μL). After stirring for 1-24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.2 μL, 25 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (3.5 μL, 25 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a-linker3-polymer 42 (2.64 mg, 32%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 61% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 41.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00096
    • N—(O-Methyl-N-[2-(2-ethylthio)ethylthio]hydroxylamino)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-α-neuraminic acid-(2→3)]-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (44)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (10.0 mg, 9.80 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μL) was added oxyamine 43 (16 mg, 98 μmol, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by reverse phase chromatography (0→100% MeOH in H2O) gave compound 44 (5.5 mg, 4.7 μmol, 48%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.56, 4.55 (2d, 2H), 4.26 (d, 1H), 4.21-3.48 (m, 36H), 3.38 (t, 1H), 3.35-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.01-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.89 (t, 2H), 2.68 (dd, 1H), 2.05 2.02 (2s, 6H), 1.95 (t, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 1146.59 (calc. for C42H72N3O29S2− [M−Na]− 1146.37).
  • GM1a-Linker4-polymer (45)
  • To a solution of 5 (1.17 mg, 5.13 μmol) in DMF (57 μL) were subsequently added compound 44 (3.35 mg, 2.86 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (5.8 μL) and a solution of DBU (1.3 μL, 8.6 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (12 μL). After stirring for 1-3 h at rt, thioglycerol (1.5 μL, 17 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (2.4 μL, 17 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1a-linker4-polymer 45 (3.08 mg, 90%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 30% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 44.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00097
    • tert-Butyl (2-(methoxyamino)ethyl)carbamate (62)
  • To a solution of aldehyde 61 (340 mg, 2.14 mmol) in EtOH (3.5 mL) was added methoxyamine hydrochloride (214 mg, 3.77 mmol, 1.2 equiv) and AcONa (350 mg, 4.27 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, NaBH3CN (201 mg, 3.20 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added followed by dropwise addition of a freshly prepared solution of 1 M ethanolic HCl (7.0 mL, freshly prepared from AcCl and EtOH). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction was neutralized by addition of satd aq NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with DCM (3×). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 62 (158 mg, 0.832 mmol, 39%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.69 (s, 1H), 4.91 (s, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.00 (t, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
    • 2-(Methoxyamino)ethan-1-amine (35)
  • Aminoalcohol 62 (160 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.1 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 320 μL, 4.2 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0° C. followed by 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (9:1→7:3) gave amine 62 (100 mg) as a TFA salt partially.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00098
    • tert-Butyl (2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl)carbamate (64)
  • Amine 63 (1.0 mL, 10 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (50 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Boc2O, 1.74 g, 8.9 mmol, 0.8 equiv) was added to the solution followed by Et3N (1.4 mL, 10 mmol, 1.0 equiv). After stirring for 1 h at 0° C. followed by 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with H2O and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (1:0→9:1) gave alcohol 64 (1.37 g, 6.67 mmol, 84%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.88 (s, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.58 (t, 2H), 3.56 (t, 2H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
    • tert-Butyl (2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethyl)carbamate (65)
  • Alcohol 64 (1.25 g, 6.09 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (34 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and methanesulfonyl chloride (MsCl, 0.80 mL, 10.3 mmol, 1.7 equiv) was added to the solution followed by Et3N (1.9 mL, 13.4 mmol, 2.2 equiv). After stirring for 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with acetone (33 mL) and LiBr (8.9 g, 103 mmol, 17 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with H2O and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15→8:2) gave bromide 65 (1.60 g, 5.95 mmol, 98%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.91 (s, 1H), 3.78 (t, 2H), 3.56 (t, 2H), 3.47 (t, 2H), 3.33 (d, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
    • tert-Butyl (2-(2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)ethoxy)ethoxy)(methyhcarbamate (67)
  • NaH (60% in mineral oil, 82 mg, 2.04 mmol, 0.96 equiv) was added at 0° C. to a solution of aminoalcohol 66 (313 mg, 2.12 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in anhyd DMF (1.4 mL). After stirring for 30 min at that temperature, a solution of bromide 65 (456 mg, 1.70 mmol, 0.8 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred 1 h at 0° C. followed by 2 h at it After that time, the reaction was quenched by addition of MeOH, concentrated in vacuo and the solvent coevaporated with xylene. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (8:2→75:25) gave aminoalcohol 67 (510 mg, 1.53 mmol, 90%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.04 (s, 1H), 4.04-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.55 (t, 2H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
    • 2-(2-((methylamino)oxy)ethoxy)ethan-1-amine (39)
  • Aminoalcohol 67 (421 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.6 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and TFA (480 μL, 6.29 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0° C. followed by 5 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (95:5→7:3) gave amine 39 (162 mg, 1.21 mmol, 96%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O): δ 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.78 (t, 2H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.24 (t, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00099
    • 1,4-dithian-2-ol (69)
  • Ester 68 (100 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd DCM (1.2 mL). The solution was cooled to −78° C. and DIBAL-H (1 M in Toluene, 0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol, 1 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h at −78° C., DIBAL-H (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol, 0.5 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for another 30 min at −78° C., potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate (1.7 g) and H2O (2.0 mL) were added to the reaction mixture. After stirring vigourously for 1 h at rt, the aqueous phase was extracted (3×) with DCM. The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15→8:2) yielded derivative 69 (50 mg, 0.37 mmol, 61%) as a white solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.93 (dd, 1H), 3.65 (d, 1H), 3.46 (dd, 1H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.87 (dd 1H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 1H).
    • 2-((2-(methoxyamino)ethyl)thio)ethane-1-thiol (43)
  • To a solution of compound 69 (232 mg, 1.7 mmol) in EtOH (2.8 mL) was added methoxyamine hydrochloride (171 mg, 2.0 mmol, 1.2 equiv) and AcONa (279 mg, 3.4 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, NaBH3CN (160 mg, 2.6 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added followed by dropwise addition of a freshly prepared solution of 1 M ethanolic HCl (5.6 mL, freshly prepared from AcCl and EtOH). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction was neutralized by addition of satd aq NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with DCM (3×). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with Tol/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 43 (49 mg, 0.29 mmol, 17%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.90 (s, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 6H), 1.72 (t, 1H).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00100
    • 3-(3-(Methoxyamino)propylthio)propane-1-thiol (72)
  • Acrolein 70 (0.20 mL, 3.0 mmol) was added dropwise to 1,2-ethanedithiol 71 (1.3 mL, 15.0 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt. After that time, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOH (5.0 mL) and methoxyamine hydrochloride (300 mg, 3.6 mmol) and NaOAc (492 mg, 6.0 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, NaBH3CN (282 mg, 4.5 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, followed by dropwise addition of 1 M ethanolic HCl (10 mL, freshly prepared from AcCl and EtOH). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction was neutralized by addition of satd aq NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted with DCM (3×). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with Tol/Acetone (8:2) yielded the aminoalcohol 72 (159 mg, 0.88 mmol, 29%) as a colourless oil.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 5.60 (s, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.01 (t, 2H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.72 (dd, 1H).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00101
    • Benzyl 2,6-di-O-benzyl-3-04(1S)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-cyclohexyl-ethyl)-β-D-galactopyranoside (75)
  • Diol 73 (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd MeOH (5 mL). Bu2SnO (58 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.05 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 80° C. for 4 h. After that time, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was dried under high vacuum for 5 h. The crude residue was dissolved under Ar in anhyd 1,2-dimethoxyethane (DME, 2.5 mL). Anhyd CsF (67 mg, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and triflate 74 (175 mg, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added. After overnight stirring at rt under Ar, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (Tol/EtOAc 8:2) yielded alcohol 75 (35 mg, 50 μmol, 23%).
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.36-7.23 (m, 20H), 5.19 (d, 1H), 5.10 (d, 1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 4.94 (d, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.64 (d, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.58 (1d, 1H), 4.44 (d, 1H), 4.16 (dd, 1H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.77 (d, 2H), 3.73 (dd, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.39 (t, 1H), 3.30 (dd, 1H), 1.70-1.45 (m, 8H), 1.06-0.97 (m, 3H), 0.86-0.76 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 717.60 (calc for C43H50O8Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 717.34).
    • 3-O-((1S)-1-carboxy-2-cyclohexyl-ethyl)-α,β-D-galactopyranose (76)
  • To a degazed solution of benzyl 75 (25 mg, 40 μmol) in THF/H2O (4:1, 1.0 mL) was added under Ar Pd(OH)2/C (10 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight under an H2 atmosphere. After that time, the reaction mixture was filtered over a PTFE Acrodisc 0.45 μm membrane and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in H2O (0→100%) gave the corresponding uronate 76 (8.5 mg, 25 μmol, 63%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • The α-anomer had: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.20 (dd, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, 1H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.19-1.07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
  • The β-anomer had: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.50 (d, 1H), 4.18 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (d, 1H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 1H), 3.40 (dd, 1H), 1.74-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.19-1.07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 357.32 (calc for C15H26O8Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 357.16).
    • N—(O-Methyl-N-[2-(2-ethylthio)propylthio]hydroxylamino)-3-O-((1 S)-1-carboxy-2-cyclohexyl-ethyl)-β-D-galactopyranoside (77)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 76 (8.8 mg, 26 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (2 M, pH 4.5, 260 μL) was added oxyamine 72 (25 mg, 138 μmol, 5.2 equiv) and EtOH (520 μL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 48-72 h at 25-40° C. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography followed by reverse phase chromatography (0%→100% MeOH in H2O) gave compound 77 (8.3 mg, 16.7 μmol, 64%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.17 (d, 1H), 4.00 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (dd, 1H), 3.88 (t, 1H), 3.80 (dd, 1H), 3.74 (dd, 1H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 4H), 3.46 (dd, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.69 (m, 5H), 1.95-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.54 (m, 7H), 1.21 (m, 3H), 1.02-0.90 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 496.37 (calc for C21H38O8NS2 − [M−H]−: m/z 496.20).
    • GM4 Mimetic Polymer (78):
  • To a solution of 5 (2.38 mg, 11.6 μmol) in DMF (116 μL) were subsequently added compound 77 (1.60 mg, 3.22 μmol, 0.28 equiv), water (10 μL) and a solution of DBU (2.6 μL, 17.4 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (24 μL). After stirring for 1-3 h at rt, thioglycerol (3.0 μL, 34.8 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.9 μL, 34.8 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the GM4 mimetic polymer 78 (3.84 mg, 67%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 56% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 77.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00102
    • Benzyl 4-O-benzoyl-2,6-di-O-benzyl-β-D-galactopyranosyl (79)
  • A solution of diol 73 (285 mg, 0.634 mmol) in anhyd DCM (26 mL) was stirred over freshly activated 4 Å MS for 30 min at rt under an Ar atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to −78° C. and BzCN (87 mg, 0.665 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and DMAP (7.7 mg, 63 μmol, 0.1 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at −78° C. under an Ar atmosphere. The reaction was quenched with MeOH and the resulting suspension was filtrated. The filtrate was washed with 10% aq NaHCO3 and brine and dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The solution was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with toluene/EtOAc (95:5→9:1) yielded the alcohol 79 (260 mg, 0.469 mmol, 74%) as a white foam.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.12-7.10 (m, 20H), 5.65 (d, 1H), 5.02 (d, 1H), 5.00 (d, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.69 (d, 1H), 4.57 (d, 1H), 4.53 (d, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 3.90-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.65 (dd, 1H), 3.66-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.42 (d, 1H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 577.23 (calc for Cad-134O7Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 577.22).
    • Benzyl 2,4-di-O-acetyl-1-thio-β-D-glucopyranosidurono-3,6-lactone-(1→3)-4-O-benzoyl-2,6-di-O-benzyl-β-D-galactopyranoside (81)
  • To a solution of acceptor 79 (100 mg, 0.180 mmol) and donor 80 (127 mg, 0.360 mmol, 2.0 equiv) in anhyd DCM (1.0 mL) was added NIS (164 mg, 0.728 mmol, 2.4 equiv). The reaction mixture was cooled to −20° C. and TfOH (1.6 μL, 0.018 mmol, 0.1 equiv) was added.
  • The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at −20° C. The reaction mixture was neutralized with Et3N, diluted with DCM, washed with 10% aq Na2S2O3 and brine and dried over anhyd Na2SO4. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with toluene/EtOAc (85:15→8:2) yielded the disaccharide 81 (82 mg, 0.103 mmol, 57%) as a white foam.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.09-8.06, 7.56, 7.46, 7.37-7.22 (m, 20H), 5.54 (d, 1H), 5.37 (s, 1H), 5.07 (d, 1H), 5.03 (d, 1H), 4.99 (d, 1H), 4.92 (t, 1H), 4.77 (t, 1H), 4.70 (d, 1H), 4.68 (d, 1H), 4.51 (d, 1H), 4.54 (d, 1H), 4.56 (d, 1H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 4.03 (dd, 1H), 3.92 (dd, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.75 (dd, 1H), 3.58 (dd, 1H), 2.11, 1.82 (2s, 6H)
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 819.39 (calc for C44H44O14Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 819.26).
    • Benzyl (methyl 2,4-di-O-acetyl-β-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-4-O-benzoyl-2,6-di-O-benzyl-β-D-galactopyranoside (82)
  • Lactone 81 (109 mg, 138 μmol) was dissolved at 0° C. in anhyd DCM/MeOH (1:4, 2.5 mL). Anhyd NaOAc (10 mg, 124 μmol, 0.9 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4° C. After that time, the mixture was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H+ resin. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography using PE/Acet (75:25→7:3) gave the desired alcohol 82 (73 g, 88.2 μmol, 64%) as a white foam.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07-8.03, 7.60-7.55, 7.45, 7.40-7.22 (m, 20H), 5.67 (d, 1H), 5.13 (dd, 1H), 5.00 (d, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 4.97 (d, 1H), 4.74 (dd, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.64 (d, 1H), 4.56 (d, 1H), 4.52 (d, 1H), 4.48 (d, 1H), 4.05 (dd, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.84 (d, 1H), 3.82 (dd, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 2.70 (d, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 851.47 (calc for C45H48O15Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 851.29).
    • Benzyl (methyl 2,4-di-O-acetyl-3-O-sulfo-β-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-4-O-benzoyl-2,6-di-O-benzyl-β-D-galactopyranoside (83)
  • To a solution of alcohol 82 (72 mg, 87 μmol) in anhyd DMF (0.4 mL) was added SO3.Py (41 mg, 26 mmol, 3.0 equiv) at 0° C. under Ar. After stirring for 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NaHCO3 (146 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at rt. The suspension was filtered, the filtrate concentrated and the solvents were co-evaporated with xylene. Flash chromatography using DCM/MeOH (95:5→9:1) gave the sulfate 83 (67 mg, 72 μmol, 82%).
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98, 7.52-7.45, 7.40-7.20 (m, 20H), 5.61 (d, 1H), 5.19 (t, 1H), 4.99 (d, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 4.92 (d, 1H), 4.83 (t, 1H), 4.69 (d, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.55 (d, 1H), 4.50 (d, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 3.98 (dd, 1H), 3.88 (d, 1H), 3.83 (t, 1H), 3.79 (dd, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.52 (m, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 907.45 (calc for C45H47O18S− [M−Na]−: m/z 907.25).
    • Benzyl (sodium 3-O-sulfo-β-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-2,6-di-O-benzyl-β-D-galactopyranoside (84)
  • Acetate 83 (70 mg, 75 μmol) was dissolved in a solution of THF/H2O (10:1, 1.8 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and a 2.0 M aq LiOH solution (0.4 mL, 115 mmol, 9.5 equiv) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and allowed to slowly reach rt. The next morning, the reaction was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H+ resin. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in H2O (0%→50%) gave the corresponding uronate 84 (47 mg, 62 μmol, 83%) as a white foam.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.43-7.20 (m, 15H), 4.92 (d, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.77 (d, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.51 (d, 1H), 4.59 (d, 1H), 4.32 (t, 1H), 4.12 (d, 1H), 3.83 (dd, 1H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 4H), 3.68-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.58 (dd, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 705.43 (calc for C33H37O15S− [M−2Na+H]−: m/z 705.19).
    • Sodium 3-O-sulfo-β-D-glucopyranuronate-(1→3)-α,β-D-galactopyranose (85)
  • To a solution of benzyl 84 (46 mg, 61 μmol) in H2O/MeOH (10:1, 5.2 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (20 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under an H2 atmosphere for 6 h. After that time, the reaction mixture was filtered over a PTFE Acrodisc 0.45 μm membrane and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with H2O gave the corresponding uronate 85 (29 mg, 60 μmol, quant) as a white fluffy solid.
  • The α-anomer had: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 5.30 (d, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.35 (t, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H), 4.12 (ddd, 1H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.62 (dd, 1H).
  • The β-anomer had: 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.65 (d, 1H), 4.35 (t, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.82 (dd, 1H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.66 (dd, 1H), 3.62 (dd, 1H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 434.96 (calc for C12H19O15S− [M−2Na+H]−: m/z 435.05).
    • N—(O-Methyl-N-[2-[(2-ethylthio)propylthio]hydroxylamine)-(sodium 3-O-sulfo-β-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-β-D-galactopyranoside (58)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 85 (11.3 mg, 23.5 μmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (2 M, pH 4.5, 235 μL) was added oxyamine 72 (21 mg, 117 μmol, 10 equiv) and EtOH (450 μL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography followed by reverse phase chromatography (100% H2O) gave compound 58 (5.07 mg, 7.88 μmol, 33%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.80 (d, 1H), 4.36 (t, 1H), 4.24-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.93 (dd, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 3.80-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.73 (dd, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.64 (dd, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.96 (m, 5H), 2.74 (t, 2H), 1.94 (t, 2H).
  • MS (ESI−): m/z 598.19 (calc for C18H32O15S3 − [M−2Na+H]−: m/z 598.04).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00103
    • HNK-1 Polymer (86):
  • To a solution of 5 (3.59 mg, 17.5 μmol) in DMF (175 μL) were subsequently added compound 58 (5.07 mg, 7.88 μmol, 0.45 equiv), water (28 μL) and a solution of DBU (3.9 μL, 26 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (36 μL). After stirring for 1-3 h at rt, thioglycerol (4.5 μL, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (7.3 μL, 53 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1 polymer 86 (7.4 mg, 87%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 40% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00104
    • Chloroacetylated Dendrimer (88):
  • Poly-L-lysine dendrimer (generation 6, 64 outer amine groups, TFA salt, 10 mg, 41.8 μmol) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1, 130 μL) The solution was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of (ClAc)2O (7.0 mg, 52 μmol, 1.25 equiv) in anhyd DMF (17 μL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4° C. After that time, the dendrimer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et2O/EtOH (1:1, 2 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et2O/EtOH (1:1) and dried to obtain chloroacetylated dendrimer 88 (7.2 mg, 89%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 4.26 (s, 1H), 4.19 (s, 1H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.08-2.96 (s, 4H), 1.66-1.17 (m, 12H).
    • HNK-1/Dentrimeric Polylysine Conjugate (89):
  • To a solution of 88 (2.12 mg, 10.9 μmol) in DMF (109 μL) were subsequently added compound 58 (3.5 mg, 5.44 μmol, 0.5 equiv), water (20 μL) and a solution of DBU (2.4 μL, 16 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (22 μL). After stirring for 1-3 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.8 μL, 33 μmol, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.6 μL, 33 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 2 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/dentrimeric polylysine conjugate 89 (3.54 mg, 58%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 48% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00105
    • Tosylate Salt of Poly-L-Ornithine (91):
  • Poly-L-ornithine hydrobromide (25 mg dissolved in 0.25 ml water) was passed through an anion exchange column, (Ambersep 900 hydroxide form, 5×0.5 cm). The effluent solution was neutralized with 10% aq p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA). Lyophilisation gave the tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (33.5 mg, 91%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.48 (t, 2H), 7.11 (t, 2H), 4.15 (s, 1H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 1.75-1.46 (m, 4H).
    • Chloroacetylated Poly-L-Ornithine (92):
  • The tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (33 mg, 116 μmol) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1, 360 μL) The solution was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of (ClAc)2O (25 mg, 145 μmol, 1.25 equiv) in DMF (48 μL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4° C. After that time, the polymer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et2O/EtOH (1:1, 4 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et2O/EtOH (1:1) and dried to obtain chloroacetylated poly-L-ornitine 92 (14 mg, 73 μmol, 63%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 2-04-1.38 (m, 6H).
    • HNK-1 Polyornithine Conjugate (93):
  • To a solution of 92 (2.6 mg, 13.7 μmol) in DMF (137 μL) were subsequently added compound 58 (4.0 mg, 6.17 μmol, 0.45 equiv), water (24 μL) and a solution of DBU (3.1 μL, 21 μmol, 1.5 equiv) in DMF (28 μL). After stirring for 1-3 h at rt, thioglycerol (3.6 μL, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (5.7 μL, 41 μmol, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 2 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/polyornithine conjugate 93 (4.9 mg, 61%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 60% of the ornithine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00106
    • N—(O-Methyl N-[2-[(2-ethylthio]propylthio]hydroxylamine)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (56)
  • To a solution of hemiacetal 94 (107 mg, 0.297 mmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (2 M, pH 4.5, 1.5 mL) was added oxyamine 72 (270 mg, 1.50 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and EtOH (3.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40° C. After that time, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was suspended under Ar in H2O (5.0 mL). DL-Dithiothreitol (460 mg, 2.98 mmol, 10 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture followed by 1 M aq NaOH (until pH consistently 9). After stirring for 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was directly loaded onto the C18 column. Purification by reverse phase chromatography (0→100% MeOH in H2O) gave compound 56 (117 mg, 0.231 mmol, 78%) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.98 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (d, 1H), 3.86-3.77 (m, 3H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ES1+): m/z 528.29 (calc for C18H35O11NS2Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 528.15).
    • N—(O-Methyl N-[2-[(2-[2-fluorenylmethyloxycarbamate)ethyl]ethylthio]propylthio]hydroxylamine)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (96)
  • Thiol 56 (28 mg, 49 μmol) was dissolved in anhyd DMF (1.0 mL). The solution was degazed then flushed with Ar. Bromide 95 (56 mg, 0.163 mmol, 3.3 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (32 mg, 99 μmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h at rt under Ar, the reaction mixture was directly loaded onto the C18 column. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeCN in H2O (0%→95%) gave the corresponding Fmoc-protected amine 96 (28 mg, 37 μmol, 75%) as a white foam.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.81-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 3.78 (dd, 1H), 3.70 (dd, 1H), 3.63 (d, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 5H), 3.48 (dd, 1H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.94 (dt, 1H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 6H), 1.89-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.63 (m, 1H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 793.41 (calc for C35H50O13N2S2Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 793.26).
    • N—(O-Methyl N-[2-[2-[2-aminoethyl]ethylthio]propylthio]hydroxylamine)-β-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-D-glucopyranoside (97)
  • Derivative 96 (28 mg, 37 μmol) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF (1.0 mL). Piperidine (0.2 mL) was added to the solution under Ar. After stirring for 4 h at rt under Ar, the solvents were coevaporated with toluene (3×). Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in 0.1% aq TFA (0%→60%) gave the corresponding amine 97 (13 mg, 23.7 μmol, 64%) as a white foam.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (d, 1H), 3.85-3.76 (m, 3H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.59 (m, 4H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.26 (t, 2H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.88-2.86 (m, 5H), 2.73 (t, 1H), 1.95-1.89 (m, 2H).
  • MS (ESI+): m/z 549.31 (calc for C20H41O11N2S2 + [M+H]+: m/z 549.21).
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00107
    • Chitosan Derivative (99)
  • To a solution of chloracetylated chitosan 98 (5.0 mg, 12.2 μmol) in DMF (0.4 mL) were subsequently added compound 56 (24.0 mg, 39.1 μmol, 3.2 equiv) and DBU (7.0 μL, 48.8 μmol, 4.0 equiv). After stirring for 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 1 h. After that time, H2O (20 μL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for another 1 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et2O (1:1, 4 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried to obtain chitosan conjugate 99 (12.8 mg, 58%) as a white solid.
  • IR (KBr) ν 3400 (vs, b, OH), 2926, 2067, 1734 (COester), 1651 (COamide), 1419, 1382, 1274, 1207,1119,1076,1034,894,784,702,622,600
    • Lactose-Chitosan Conjugate (100)
  • Chitosan derivative 99 (16 mg, 8.9 μmol) was suspended in 0.1 M aq NaOH (0.32 mL). The suspension was stirred at 40° C. for 90 min. The solid was filtered off, washed with H2O, EtOH and Et2O and dried to obtain lactose-chitosan conjugate 100 (3.7 mg, 59%) as a white solid.
  • IR (KBr) ν 3436 (vs, b, OH), 2921, 1648 (COamide), 1553, 1377, 1075, 1034, 894
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00108
    • Lactose-Polyglutamic Acid Conjugate (102)
  • To a solution of poly-L-glutamic acid sodium salt (from Alamanda Polymers, n=250, 2.50 mg, 16.5 μmol) in phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 5.0, 81 μL) was added a solution of N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide sodium salt (sulfo-NHS, 60 mg, 0.26 mmol, 15.6 equiv) and N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-W-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC HCl, 37 mg, 0.19 mmol, 11.5 equiv) in phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 5.0, 417 μL) was added After stirring for 15 min at rt, amine 97 (13 mg, 23.7 μmol, 1.4 equiv) was added followed by addition of satd aq NaHCO3 until the pH was consistenly 7. After stirring for 2 h at rt, ethanolamine was added to the reaction mixture to reach a final concentration of 10 mM. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was transferred into an ultrafiltration tube (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa). Purification by ultrafiltration (5500 rpm) and freeze-drying gave lactose-polyglutamic acid conjugate 102 (4.9 mg, 45%) as a white fluffy solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 100% of the glutamic acid side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 56.
    • Patient Sera
  • Sera from seven neuropathy patients were investigated. They all were tested positive for anti-ganglioside antibodies in the clinic. Serum anti-ganglioside antibody titers were determined by an ELISA assays from Bühlmann Laboratories (Schönenbuch, Switzerland). Sera were either obtained from Bühlmann Laboratories (Schönenbuch, Switzerland) or the clinical laboratory of the University Hospital Basel (Basel, Switzerland). Sera from individuals undergoing neuro-immunological evaluation with negative anti-ganglioside reactivity served as control. Use of sera for our study was approved by the ethics committee of northwestern and central Switzerland (EKNZ UBE-15/46).
    • Competitive Binding Assay
  • The synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1a epitope), 26 (GD1b epitope), and 34 (GT1a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bühlmann Laboratories, Schönenbuch, Switzerland). The 96 well microtiter plates coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina were washed two times with washing buffer (300 μl/well) before adding the carbohydrate polymers in eight different concentrations, 25 μl/well. The patient sera containing anti-ganglioside IgG or IgM antibodies were added in the appropriate dilutions, 25 μl/well (2× concentrated), to obtain a total of 50 μl volume per well. The plate was covered with a plate sealer and incubated for 2 h at 4-8° C. The wells were washed three times with wash buffer (300 μl/well) before either the anti-human IgM antibody-horseradish peroxidase conjugate or the anti-human IgG antibody-horseradish peroxidase conjugate was added (100 μl/well). The plate was incubated for 2 h at 4-8° C. After washing the wells (3×300 μl/well), a substrate solution of tetramethylbenzidin (TMB in citrate buffer with hydrogen peroxide) was added (100 μl/well) and the plate incubated for further 30 minutes at 600 rpm and room temperature, protected from light. Finally, a stop solution (0.25 M sulfuric acid) was added (100 μl/well) and the degree of colorimetric reaction was determined by absorption measurement at 450 nm with a microplate reader (Spectramax 190, Molecular Devices, California, USA).
  • The synthesized carbohydrate polymer 86 (HNK-1 epitope mimetic 58) was tested in the anti-MAG ELISA (kit from Bühlmann Laboratories, Schönenbuch, Switzerland). The assay protocol was performed according to the one described above for the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA. To determine the in vitro IC50 of polymer 86, the assay was performed with co-incubation of polymer (25 μl/well) and a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibody (25 μl/well) at a final dilution of 1:1000. To determine the in vivo efficacy of polymer 86, the assay was performed by incubation of mouse plasma diluted 1:100 (50 μl/well). Both, the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM and anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM in plasma of immunized BALB/c mice (pre- and post-treatment) were detected with goat anti-mouse IgM HRP conjugate (Sigma Aldrich, A8786) diluted 1:10′000.
    • Immunological Mouse Model for Anti-MAG Neuropathy
  • Six gender matched BALB/c wild type mice at the age of 6 weeks were injected subcutaneously at multiple sites on the lower back with a total of 100 μg of the glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG purified from bovine cauda equina (both glycolipids contain the HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope). The isolation of glycolipids was performed according to a protocol described by Burger et al. (Journal of Immunological Methods 1991, 140, 31-36). These glycosphingolipids were taken up in PBS, mixed with KLH (1.4 mg/ml final concentration) and emulsified with an equal volume of TiterMax® Gold. Two booster injections were performed after 2 and 4 weeks with 20 μg of purified SGPG/SGLPG mixed with KLH and TiterMax® Gold. Blood samples were taken by puncture of the tail vein and transferred to tubes containing 1 μl of 0.5 M EDTA and centrifuged 15 min at 1′800 rpm. The supernatant (plasma) was transferred to new tubes and stored at −55° C. The glycopolymer 86, dissolved in PBS, was administered by i.v. injection of the tail vein. Mouse plasma samples were analyzed by the above described anti-MAG ELISA.
  • As indicated, the synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1a epitope), 26 (GD1b epitope), and 34 (GT1a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bühlmann Laboratories, Schönenbuch, Switzerland). These ELISAs are used to support the clinical diagnosis of immune-mediated neuropathies. The assays allow the determination of the anti-ganglioside IgM/IgG antibodies titer (e.g. gangliosides GM1, GD1a, and GQ1b) in serum samples from patients. We used these ELISAs as competitive binding assays. The synthesized compounds and patient serum samples (containing anti-ganglioside antibodies) were given into 96 well plates, coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina. Immobilized gangliosides and the synthesized compounds competed for binding to the anti-ganglioside antibodies. After a washing step ganglioside-bound antibodies (IgM/IgG) were detected with horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-human IgM or anti-human IgG antibodies, followed by a colorimetric reaction. Successful competition of the compounds with gangliosides led to a decrease in measured OD450 nm (optical density), because they block the binding sites of anti-ganglioside antibodies, preventing their binding to immobilized gangliosides. The principle of the assay is depicted in FIG. 1. For the evaluation of the compounds, sera from seven patients (anti-GM1a: PP IgG Pos., P21, P3, P4; anti-GD1b: P22; anti-GQ1b: EK-GCO 1803, P23), tested positive for anti-ganglioside reactivity during clinical laboratory routine analysis, were chosen. IgG and IgM antibody titers were determined for each serum in preliminary experiments. Serum dilutions with measured OD450 nm values around 1.0 (0.7-1.3) were chosen for the assay, to be able to compare the measured IC50 values (half maximal inhibitory concentration) which are antibody concentration dependent. Serum dilutions: PP IgG Pos. 1:1′200, P21 1:1′300, P3 1:50, P4 1:400, P22 1:50, EK-GCO 1803 1:300, P23 1:50). The sera that served as negative controls (dilution 1:50) showed no antibody binding to gangliosides.
  • IC50 values of compound 6 were determined for sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG), P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Compound 26 were evaluated with serum P22 (IgG). The IC50 values of compound 34 were determined for sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG) and P23 (IgG). The results are shown in the Table below. The inhibition curves are shown in FIG. 2.
  • TABLE
    IC50 values of glycopolymers 6, 26, and 34 tested with a total of
    seven neuropathy patient sera including standard deviations.
    Ganglioside
    reactivity Compound
    6 Compound 26 Polymer 34
    (antibody PL(GM1a)28 PL(GD1b)20 PL(GT1a)58
    Serum isotype) IC50 IC50 IC50
    PP IgG GM1a 28.0 ±
    Pos. (IgG) 13.5 μM
    P21 GM1a 218.6 ±
    (IgG) 77.8 nM
    P3 GM1a 374.9 ±
    (IgM) 157.0 nM
    P4 GM1a 59.4 ±
    (IgM) 62.9 pM
    P22 GD1a 313.1 ±
    (IgG) 112.3 μM
    EK-GCO GQ1b/GT1a 12.5 ±
    1803 (IgG) 4.1 μM
    P23 GQ1b/GT1a 347.6 ±
    (IgG) 92.0 μM
  • The inventive polymers 6, 26, 34 are glycopolymers that imitate the natural glycoepitopes of the GM1a-, GD1b-, and the GT1a-gangliosides. These and other glycoepitopes are involved in autoimmune neurological diseases; they are targets for antibodies that trigger demyelination and neurodegeneration (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591-2625). The prepared glycopolymers are based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone and are designed for a therapeutic application in patients, where pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by these polymers.
  • For the biological evaluation of the prepared glycopolymers, patient sera were used. These sera have been tested positive in the clinic for anti-ganglioside antibodies. The synthetic glycopolymers were tested with sera presenting an antibody response against the ganglioside epitopes displayed by the conjugates (e.g. sera with anti-GM1a IgG or IgM antibodies for the evaluation of the PL(GM1a)28 polymer 6). The IC50 values obtained during the biological characterization in the competitive binding ELISA assay showed the different neutralization effects of the glycopolymers for anti-ganglioside antibodies from different patients with reactivity against the same glycoepitope. This is probably due to interindividual differences of antibody characteristics (isotype, affinity, specificity, serum concentration, monoclonal/polyclonal, etc.) between the different patients. However, the inhibitory effect of the glycopolymers is given for antibody reactivities against different gangliosides. Furthermore, the data on compound 6 shows that glycopolymers mimicking a specific glycoepitope can neutralize antibodies of different isotypes, e.g. antibodies of the IgG and/or the IgM type. It is also interesting to note, that partial glycoepitope structures can be sufficient to retain affinity to anti-ganglioside antibodies. This is the case for the competitive binding assay of GT1a-glycoconjugate 34 with sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG) and P23 (IgG), where the antibodies target the GQ1b epitope (characteristic for e.g. Miller-Fischer syndrome and Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis). Even though the GT1a epitope, displayed by conjugate 34, lacks one sialic acid compared to the GQ1b ganglioside, the patient sera directed against GQ1b were neutralized by glycopolymer 34.
  • The IC50 value of compound 86 was determined for the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. This antibody shows comparable reactivity with the HNK-1 glycoepitope as monoclonal anti-MAG IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. The results are shown in the Table 2 below. The inhibition curve is shown in FIG. 2E.
  • TABLE 2
    IC50 value of glycopolymer 86, tested with the mouse monoclonal
    anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody including standard deviation.
    Glycoepitope Compound 86
    reactivity PL(HNK-1mimetic(58))40
    Antibody (antibody isotype) IC50
    Mouse HNK-1 51.3 ± 44.2 nM
    anti-HNK-1 antibody (IgM)
  • The inventive polymer 86 is a glycopolymer that imitates the natural trisaccharide glycoepitope HNK-1 which is present in the peripheral nervous system as part of the glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG but also the glycoprotein MAG. This HNK-1 glycoepitope is the target of an autoimmune attack in the neurological disorder anti-MAG neuropathy. The prepared glycopolymer is based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone of an average of 400 lysines, wherein 40% of the lysine side chains are loaded with the HNK-1 mimetic 58. The remaining 60% of side chains are caped with thioglycerole to improve the water solubility of the polymer. The polymer is designed for a therapeutic application in anti-MAG neuropathy patients (or patients with other neurological diseases with the same or similar antibodies), where pathogenic anti-HNK-1 (MAG/SGPG/SGLPG) antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by this polymer. Polymer 86 inhibits the binding of the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM to the HNK-1 epitope on MAG at nanomolar concentrations (Table 2). The therapeutic utility of polymer 86 is further supported by in vivo data (FIG. 3). The compound PL(HNK-1mimetic(58))40 was administered intravenously to immunized BALB/c mice (n=6) with induced high levels of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies. These mouse antibodies are a model for pathogenic human anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. A dose of 10 mg/kg or polymer 86 significantly reduced the levels of mouse anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies up to seven days after administration.
    • Abstract
  • The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the globoside-, the ganglioside- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases. The invention further relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands/moieties, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies. In particular, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of one compound of formula (I) or (II) or combinations of several compounds of formula (I), and/or (II). The compounds of formula (I) are defined as:
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00109
  • wherein
    • RI1 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00110
  • wherein
    RI2 is H, SO3H, or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00111
  • wherein
    • RI3 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00112
  • wherein
    • RI4 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00113
  • wherein
    RI5 and RI6 are independently H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00114
  • wherein
    • RI7 is H or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00115
  • and compounds of formula (II) are defined as:
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00116
  • wherein
    • RII1 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00117
  • wherein
    • RII2 is Z or
  • Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00118
  • wherein Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2—(CH2)q—SH, wherein
    Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5;
    A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1;
    • B is NHC(O), S or CH2;
  • q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2.

Claims (21)

1. A compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein
said linker Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2(CH2)q—SH, wherein
Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5;
A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2;
q is 0 to 6; and
wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its —N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a compound of formula (I) or formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00119
wherein RH is Z or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00120
wherein RI2 is H, SO3H, or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00121
wherein RI3 is H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00122
wherein RI4 is H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00123
wherein RI5 and RI6 are independently H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00124
wherein RI7 is H or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00125
and wherein formula (II) is
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00126
wherein RII1 is Z or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00127
wherein RII2 is Z or
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00128
wherein Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2(CH2)q—SH, wherein
Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5;
A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2; and
q is 0 to 6.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a compound of formula (I).
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a compound of formula (II).
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21*, 25*, 29*, 33*, or any one 46*-60*.
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00129
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00130
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00131
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00132
wherein Z is —N(Ra)-A-B—CH2(CH2)q—SH, wherein
Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5;
A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO—C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2; and
q is 0 to 6.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein
Ra is H, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, OCH3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5;
A is O(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pO—CH2, (OCH2CH2)pO—CH2CH2 or O(CH2)pC6H5; and
B is NHC(O), S or CH2.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00133
wherein p is between 0 and 6, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 41, 44, 56, 58 or 77.
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00134
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00135
Figure US20220169790A1-20220602-C00136
9. A polymer composition comprising a multitude of compounds of claim 1 wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH group of said linker Z.
10. The polymer composition according to claim 9, wherein the polymer backbone is selected from an α-amino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, and a polyphosphazene polymer.
11. The polymer composition according to claim 9, wherein the molecular weight of the polymer backbone is 1′000 Da to 300′000 Da.
12. The polymer composition according to claim 9, wherein the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is between 10 and 90%.
13. (canceled)
14. (canceled)
15. (canceled)
16. The polymer composition according to claim 9, wherein the polymer composition is a microtiter plate or bead coated with the multitude of compounds.
17. A method of binding autoantibodies against a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system in a body fluid sample of a patient, comprising:
(i) contacting a body fluid sample of a patient with a composition according to claim 9 comprising carbohydrate moieties that mimic the glycoepitope to bind the autoantibodies present in said body fluid sample; and
(ii) separating the contacted sample from the composition comprising the bound autoantibodies.
18. The method of claim 17, further comprising detecting autoantibodies bound to the composition.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the polymer composition is a microtiter plate or bead coated with the carbohydrate moieties that mimic the glycoepitope.
20. The method of claim 17, wherein the human bodily fluid is serum, plasma, blood or cerebrospinal fluid.
21. The method of claim 17, wherein the patient is human.
US17/372,422 2015-09-16 2021-07-10 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids Abandoned US20220169790A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/372,422 US20220169790A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-07-10 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP15185552.5 2015-09-16
EP15185552 2015-09-16
PCT/EP2016/071711 WO2017046172A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
US201815760398A 2018-03-15 2018-03-15
US17/372,422 US20220169790A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-07-10 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/760,398 Continuation US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
PCT/EP2016/071711 Continuation WO2017046172A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220169790A1 true US20220169790A1 (en) 2022-06-02

Family

ID=54238190

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/760,398 Active 2037-02-24 US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
US17/372,422 Abandoned US20220169790A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-07-10 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/760,398 Active 2037-02-24 US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US11091591B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3350193B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6849667B2 (en)
CN (1) CN108026134A (en)
AU (1) AU2016323377B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2996073A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1252262A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2017046172A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110204582A (en) 2014-03-13 2019-09-06 巴塞尔大学 In conjunction with the carbohydrate ligand of the IgM antibody of anti-myelin associated glycoprotein
CN108026134A (en) 2015-09-16 2018-05-11 巴塞尔大学 With reference to the carbohydrate ligand of anti-glycosphingolipid glycoprotein epitope antibodies
WO2018167230A1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2018-09-20 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Glycopolymers sequestering carbohydrate-binding proteins
EP3715374A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
US11986536B2 (en) 2019-03-23 2024-05-21 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
EP3715376A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
EP3715375A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the prevention or treatment of pre-eclampsia
AU2021347581A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2023-05-18 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of autoantibody-mediated conditions
TW202228784A (en) 2020-09-23 2022-08-01 奧地利商艾柏力維亞生技有限公司 Compound for the sequestration of undesirale anti-peg antibodies in a patient
WO2022063879A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
AU2021347582A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2023-05-18 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing the efficacy of factor viii replacement therapy
KR20230074775A (en) 2020-09-23 2023-05-31 아블레비아 바이오테크 게엠베하 Compounds for increasing the potency of viral vectors
AU2021348225A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2023-05-18 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
WO2022224035A2 (en) 2021-04-20 2022-10-27 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Anti-gm1 antibody binding compounds
TWI828311B (en) * 2021-09-11 2024-01-01 中央研究院 Synthetic compound, kit comprising the same, and uses thereof
WO2023180502A1 (en) 2022-03-24 2023-09-28 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing efficacy of oncolytic viruses

Family Cites Families (89)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2811494B2 (en) 1990-03-14 1998-10-15 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Silver halide photographic material containing chitosan or chitin compound and method for processing silver halide photographic material using the same
US5846951A (en) 1991-06-06 1998-12-08 The School Of Pharmacy, University Of London Pharmaceutical compositions
WO1992022301A1 (en) 1991-06-10 1992-12-23 Alberta Research Council Immunosuppressive and tolerogenic oligosaccharide derivatives
WO1993003375A1 (en) 1991-08-09 1993-02-18 Washington University Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies
US6020140A (en) 1991-08-09 2000-02-01 Washington University Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies
US5985578A (en) 1991-08-09 1999-11-16 Washington University Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies
US5651968A (en) 1991-08-23 1997-07-29 Alberta Research Council Methods and compositions for attenuating antibody-mediated xenograft rejection in human recipients
EP0601417A3 (en) 1992-12-11 1998-07-01 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Physiologically compatible and degradable polymer-based carbohydrate receptor blockers, a method for their preparation and their use
US5783693A (en) 1993-11-19 1998-07-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for synthesizing sulfated disaccharide inhibitors of selectins
CA2133772A1 (en) 1993-11-19 1995-05-20 Yuji Yamada Method for assaying glycoconjugate and reagent thereof
DE19526675A1 (en) 1994-09-09 1996-03-14 Herbert Prof Dr Wiegandt Test for abnormally high anti-carbohydrate antibody titres
FR2727117A1 (en) 1994-11-18 1996-05-24 Geffard Michel USE OF POLYLYSIN CONJUGATES FOR THE PREPARATION OF MEDICAMENTS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF NEURODEGENERATIVE DISEASES AND DEGENERATIVE DISORDERS OF AUTOIMMUN CHARACTER
AU6858596A (en) 1995-08-25 1997-03-19 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine, The Compounds for stimulating nerve growth
WO1997018222A2 (en) 1995-11-13 1997-05-22 Glycomed, Inc. Novel oligosaccharide glycosides having mammalian immunosuppressive and tolerogenic properties
JP3372551B2 (en) 1995-11-21 2003-02-04 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Polyvalent polymers, methods for their preparation and their use in the preparation of biologically active compounds
US6491922B1 (en) 1996-02-09 2002-12-10 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and compounds for treating autoimmune and vascular disease
JP3474583B2 (en) 1997-04-18 2003-12-08 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト New glycoprotein
FR2762602B1 (en) 1997-04-28 1999-06-04 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med MEANS FOR THE EARLY DETECTION OF INFLAMMATORY AUTOIMMUNE PATHOLOGIES
US6077681A (en) 1997-06-30 2000-06-20 Washington University Diagnosis of motor neuropathy by detection of antibodies
PL339773A1 (en) 1997-09-05 2001-01-02 Glycim Oy Synthetic bivalent polylactose amines containing slex and method of using them
AU761831B2 (en) 1998-04-15 2003-06-12 Bioscience 2002 Llc Inhibition of xenoreactive antibodies
EP1071327A4 (en) 1998-04-22 2004-09-29 Merck & Co Inc Autoantigenic fragments, methods and assays
EP1094077A4 (en) 1998-06-30 2003-04-02 Mochida Pharm Co Ltd Novel sugar chain-bonded thrombomodulin-like peptide
US6228598B1 (en) 1998-10-02 2001-05-08 Washington University Antibodies to heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycans in the diagnosis of polyneuropathies
EP1133521A1 (en) 1998-11-16 2001-09-19 Genetics Institute, Inc. The cxc chemokine h174 and methods for preventing damage to the nervous system
JP2002531531A (en) 1998-12-09 2002-09-24 ラ ホヤ ファーマシューティカル カンパニー Methods and formulations for reducing circulating antibodies
US6399578B1 (en) 1998-12-09 2002-06-04 La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company Conjugates comprising galactose α1,3 galactosyl epitopes and methods of using same
WO2000050447A1 (en) 1999-02-24 2000-08-31 Acorda Therapeutics Carbohydrate epitope mimic peptides and uses thereof
DE19930177B4 (en) 1999-06-30 2007-02-08 Nikolai Vladimirovich Bovin Intermolecular associating compounds and their use
ATE338772T1 (en) 1999-09-21 2006-09-15 Fresenius Medical Care Affina PEPTIDES PRODUCING AUTOANTIBODIES AGAINST DCM
US7332168B2 (en) 2000-08-22 2008-02-19 Micromet Ag Composition for the elimination of autoreactive B-cells
AU2001288431A1 (en) 2000-08-28 2002-03-13 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Detection of anti-glycolipid antibodies by latex agglutination assay
DE50112802D1 (en) 2000-11-08 2007-09-13 Fresenius Medical Care Affina PEPTIDES, THEIR PREPARATION AND USE OF THE BINDING OF IMMUNE LOBULINS
US6730487B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2004-05-04 Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Surface plasmon resonance biosensor for measurement of anti-glycolipid antibody levels in neuropathy
DE10127712A1 (en) 2001-06-07 2002-12-19 Torsten Witte Use of immunoglobulin M for treatment and prevention of systemic lupus erythematosus, administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly
AU2002352531A1 (en) 2001-06-29 2003-03-03 Carbion Oy Use of at least one glycoinhibitor substance
WO2003068822A2 (en) 2002-02-13 2003-08-21 Micromet Ag De-immunized (poly)peptide constructs
CA2494422A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-19 Glycominds Ltd. Method for diagnosing multiple sclerosis
TWI323265B (en) 2002-08-06 2010-04-11 Glaxo Group Ltd Antibodies
RU2303461C9 (en) 2002-08-06 2007-12-27 Глаксо Груп Лимитед Antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein (mag)
US7175989B2 (en) 2002-08-20 2007-02-13 Alan Pestronk Antibodies to trisulfated heparin disaccharide in painful sensory axonal neuropathy
US20040043431A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2004-03-04 Aristo Vojdani Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases
US20030049692A1 (en) 2002-09-16 2003-03-13 Norman Latov Detection of anti-glycolipid antibodies by latex agglutination assay
RU2544850C2 (en) 2003-01-06 2015-03-20 Корикса Корпорейшн Some amino alkyl glucose aminide phosphate derivatives and thereof application
WO2004065400A1 (en) 2003-01-20 2004-08-05 Glykos Finland Oy Novel binding epitopes for helicobacter pylori and use thereof
AU2004281080A1 (en) 2003-10-16 2005-04-28 Stephen John Ralph Immunomodulating compositions and uses therefor
EP1763533B1 (en) 2003-11-19 2008-01-09 GlycoMimetics, Inc. Specific antagonist for both e- and p-selectins
JP2007524658A (en) 2003-11-19 2007-08-30 グリコミメティクス， インコーポレイテッド Glucose mimetic antagonists for both E- and P-selectin
US20070258986A1 (en) 2003-11-19 2007-11-08 Govt of the US as represented by the secretary, Targeted Delivery System for Bioactive Agents
US20050272097A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-12-08 Emanuel Calenoff Methods and compositions for detecting and treating autoimmune diseases
CN103788141B (en) 2004-03-04 2016-08-17 普罗吉恩制药有限公司 Sulfated oligosaccharide derivatives
US7638503B2 (en) 2004-05-26 2009-12-29 California Institute Of Technology Small molecule stimulators of neuronal growth
CN101123990A (en) 2004-10-01 2008-02-13 Mida科技有限公司 Nanoparticles comprising antigens and adjuvants and immunogenic structure
US9079765B2 (en) 2004-10-01 2015-07-14 Midatech Ltd. Nanoparticles comprising antigens and adjuvants, and immunogenic structures
WO2006068720A2 (en) 2004-11-12 2006-06-29 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Hematopoietic cell selectin ligand polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US7884260B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2011-02-08 University Of Chicago Cell-based screen for agents useful for reducing neuronal demyelination or promoting neuronal remyelination
JP4619873B2 (en) 2005-06-20 2011-01-26 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 Glucuronyl sulfated disaccharide derivative
JP2009527572A (en) 2006-02-24 2009-07-30 ノバルティス アーゲー Microparticles containing biodegradable polymers and cationic polysaccharides for use in immunogenic compositions
WO2007120815A2 (en) 2006-04-12 2007-10-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for treating lymphocyte-associated disorders by modulation of siglec activity
GB0610350D0 (en) 2006-05-25 2006-07-05 Univ Liverpool prevention and/or treatment of neuodegenerative disorders
US8420593B1 (en) 2006-06-16 2013-04-16 Landon C. G. Miller Compositions and methods for regulating membrane potential
US20090175792A1 (en) 2006-06-23 2009-07-09 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic inhibitors of siglec-8
PT2061810E (en) 2006-09-05 2015-02-05 Alexion Pharma Inc Methods and compositions for the treatment of antibody mediated neuropathies
GB0622688D0 (en) 2006-11-14 2006-12-27 Diosamine Dev Corp Novel compounds
CA2680227C (en) 2007-03-07 2021-01-26 Uti Limited Partnership Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of autoimmune conditions
WO2008153615A2 (en) 2007-03-07 2008-12-18 Ada Technologies, Inc. Preparing carbohydrate microarrays and conjugated nanoparticles
WO2008151847A1 (en) 2007-06-13 2008-12-18 Max-Delbrück-Centrum für Molekulare Medizin Autoantibody binding peptides and their use for the treatment of vascular diseases
US7943750B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2011-05-17 Laboratoire Medidom S.A. Process for obtaining pure monosialoganglioside GM1 for medical use
JP2010535211A (en) 2007-08-02 2010-11-18 アンティソーマ ベンチャーズ リミテッド Indazole compounds for treating inflammatory disorders, demyelinating disorders and cancer
PT2231145E (en) 2007-12-05 2014-12-23 Wittycell Use of glycosylceramides for enhancing the immune response to antigens
WO2009102820A2 (en) 2008-02-11 2009-08-20 Government Of The U.S A., As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Modified sugar substrates and methods of use
US9119866B2 (en) 2008-04-08 2015-09-01 Huiru Wang Glycan-based drugs, therapies and biomarkers
US8575123B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2013-11-05 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Site-specific delivery of nucleic acids by combining targeting ligands with endosomolytic components
US7981625B2 (en) 2008-04-15 2011-07-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Prostate cancer glycan markers and autoantibody signatures
US20120039984A1 (en) 2008-07-03 2012-02-16 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Glycopeptide and uses thereof
US20120190581A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2012-07-26 The Johns Hopkins University Detection of Auto-Antibodies to Specific Glycans as Diagnostic Tests for Autoimmune Diseases
GB0922066D0 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-02-03 Univ Belfast Modulator
WO2011101870A1 (en) 2010-02-22 2011-08-25 Transgene Biotek Ltd. Fusion proteins for the treatment of multiple sclerosis and other autoimmune diseases
US9493580B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2016-11-15 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Multivalent glycopeptide constructs and uses thereof
JP5992918B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2016-09-14 フェレニヒング フォール ヒリステレイク ウェーテンスハッペレイク オンデルウェイスＶｅｒｅｎｉｇｉｎｇ Ｖｏｏｒ Ｃｈｒｉｓｔｅｌｉｊｋ Ｗｅｔｅｎｓｃｈａｐｐｅｌｉｊｋ Ｏｎｄｅｒｗｉｊｓ Pharmaceutical composition for suppressing immune response
CN103957944A (en) 2011-09-23 2014-07-30 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 Methods of treating fatty liver disease with helminth-derived glycan-containing compounds
EP2698636A1 (en) 2012-08-13 2014-02-19 Fundació Institut d'Investigació Biomèdica de Bellvitge Methods and reagents for prevention and/or treatment of transplant rejection
SI2885007T1 (en) 2012-08-16 2018-12-31 Pfizer Inc. Glycoconjugation processes and compositions
EP2727597A1 (en) 2012-11-06 2014-05-07 Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) Glucose responsive hydrogel comprising pba-grafted hyaluronic acid (ha)
WO2014175838A1 (en) 2013-04-26 2014-10-30 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Tailoring multivalent interactions of biopolymers with a polyproline scaffol
WO2015007326A1 (en) 2013-07-18 2015-01-22 Institut D'investigació Biomèdica De Bellvitge (Idibell) Agents comprising a terminal alpha-galactosyl moiety for use in prevention and/or treatment of inflammatory diseases
US10881720B2 (en) 2014-01-30 2021-01-05 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Nanoparticles for immune stimulation
CN110204582A (en) 2014-03-13 2019-09-06 巴塞尔大学 In conjunction with the carbohydrate ligand of the IgM antibody of anti-myelin associated glycoprotein
CN108026134A (en) 2015-09-16 2018-05-11 巴塞尔大学 With reference to the carbohydrate ligand of anti-glycosphingolipid glycoprotein epitope antibodies

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20180251602A1 (en) 2018-09-06
EP3350193B1 (en) 2020-12-23
WO2017046172A1 (en) 2017-03-23
JP2018534246A (en) 2018-11-22
AU2016323377A1 (en) 2018-03-15
JP6849667B2 (en) 2021-03-24
EP3350193A1 (en) 2018-07-25
US11091591B2 (en) 2021-08-17
CN108026134A (en) 2018-05-11
CA2996073A1 (en) 2017-03-23
HK1252262A1 (en) 2019-05-24
AU2016323377B2 (en) 2021-04-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220169790A1 (en) Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
US11220523B2 (en) Carbohydrate ligands that bind to IgM antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein
US20130243751A1 (en) Glycoconjugates and their use as potential vaccines against infection by shigella flexneri
US20200079808A1 (en) Glycopolymers sequestering carbohydrate-binding proteins
US10864261B2 (en) Synthetic vaccines against Streptococcus pneumoniae serotype 2
JP2024514683A (en) Fc glycan remodeling platform method for site-specific antibody conjugation and its applications
US10376593B2 (en) Glycoconjugates and their use as potential vaccines against infection by Shigella flexneri
WO2022224035A2 (en) Anti-gm1 antibody binding compounds
CN117580586A (en) Fc glycan remodelling for site-specific antibody conjugation and uses thereof
NZ724236B2 (en) Carbohydrate ligands that bind to igm antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION